// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
pragma abicoder v2;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FixedPoint128.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FullMath.sol';
import './interfaces/INonfungiblePositionManager.sol';
import './interfaces/INonfungibleTokenPositionDescriptor.sol';
import './libraries/PositionKey.sol';
import './libraries/PoolAddress.sol';
import './base/LiquidityManagement.sol';
import './base/PeripheryImmutableState.sol';
import './base/Multicall.sol';
import './base/ERC721Permit.sol';
import './base/PeripheryValidation.sol';
import './base/SelfPermit.sol';
import './base/PoolInitializer.sol';
/// @title NFT positions
/// @notice Wraps Uniswap V3 positions in the ERC721 non-fungible token interface
contract NonfungiblePositionManager is
    INonfungiblePositionManager,
    Multicall,
    ERC721Permit,
    PeripheryImmutableState,
    PoolInitializer,
    LiquidityManagement,
    PeripheryValidation,
    SelfPermit
{
    // details about the uniswap position
    struct Position {
        // the nonce for permits
        uint96 nonce;
        // the address that is approved for spending this token
        address operator;
        // the ID of the pool with which this token is connected
        uint80 poolId;
        // the tick range of the position
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        // the liquidity of the position
        uint128 liquidity;
        // the fee growth of the aggregate position as of the last action on the individual position
        uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
        uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        // how many uncollected tokens are owed to the position, as of the last computation
        uint128 tokensOwed0;
        uint128 tokensOwed1;
    }
    /// @dev IDs of pools assigned by this contract
    mapping(address => uint80) private _poolIds;
    /// @dev Pool keys by pool ID, to save on SSTOREs for position data
    mapping(uint80 => PoolAddress.PoolKey) private _poolIdToPoolKey;
    /// @dev The token ID position data
    mapping(uint256 => Position) private _positions;
    /// @dev The ID of the next token that will be minted. Skips 0
    uint176 private _nextId = 1;
    /// @dev The ID of the next pool that is used for the first time. Skips 0
    uint80 private _nextPoolId = 1;
    /// @dev The address of the token descriptor contract, which handles generating token URIs for position tokens
    address private immutable _tokenDescriptor;
    constructor(
        address _factory,
        address _WETH9,
        address _tokenDescriptor_
    ) ERC721Permit('Uniswap V3 Positions NFT-V1', 'UNI-V3-POS', '1') PeripheryImmutableState(_factory, _WETH9) {
        _tokenDescriptor = _tokenDescriptor_;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function positions(uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            uint96 nonce,
            address operator,
            address token0,
            address token1,
            uint24 fee,
            int24 tickLower,
            int24 tickUpper,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        )
    {
        Position memory position = _positions[tokenId];
        require(position.poolId != 0, 'Invalid token ID');
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey = _poolIdToPoolKey[position.poolId];
        return (
            position.nonce,
            position.operator,
            poolKey.token0,
            poolKey.token1,
            poolKey.fee,
            position.tickLower,
            position.tickUpper,
            position.liquidity,
            position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            position.tokensOwed0,
            position.tokensOwed1
        );
    }
    /// @dev Caches a pool key
    function cachePoolKey(address pool, PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey) private returns (uint80 poolId) {
        poolId = _poolIds[pool];
        if (poolId == 0) {
            _poolIds[pool] = (poolId = _nextPoolId++);
            _poolIdToPoolKey[poolId] = poolKey;
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function mint(MintParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        override
        checkDeadline(params.deadline)
        returns (
            uint256 tokenId,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1
        )
    {
        IUniswapV3Pool pool;
        (liquidity, amount0, amount1, pool) = addLiquidity(
            AddLiquidityParams({
                token0: params.token0,
                token1: params.token1,
                fee: params.fee,
                recipient: address(this),
                tickLower: params.tickLower,
                tickUpper: params.tickUpper,
                amount0Desired: params.amount0Desired,
                amount1Desired: params.amount1Desired,
                amount0Min: params.amount0Min,
                amount1Min: params.amount1Min
            })
        );
        _mint(params.recipient, (tokenId = _nextId++));
        bytes32 positionKey = PositionKey.compute(address(this), params.tickLower, params.tickUpper);
        (, uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128, , ) = pool.positions(positionKey);
        // idempotent set
        uint80 poolId =
            cachePoolKey(
                address(pool),
                PoolAddress.PoolKey({token0: params.token0, token1: params.token1, fee: params.fee})
            );
        _positions[tokenId] = Position({
            nonce: 0,
            operator: address(0),
            poolId: poolId,
            tickLower: params.tickLower,
            tickUpper: params.tickUpper,
            liquidity: liquidity,
            feeGrowthInside0LastX128: feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            feeGrowthInside1LastX128: feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            tokensOwed0: 0,
            tokensOwed1: 0
        });
        emit IncreaseLiquidity(tokenId, liquidity, amount0, amount1);
    }
    modifier isAuthorizedForToken(uint256 tokenId) {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(msg.sender, tokenId), 'Not approved');
        _;
    }
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view override(ERC721, IERC721Metadata) returns (string memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId));
        return INonfungibleTokenPositionDescriptor(_tokenDescriptor).tokenURI(this, tokenId);
    }
    // save bytecode by removing implementation of unused method
    function baseURI() public pure override returns (string memory) {}
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function increaseLiquidity(IncreaseLiquidityParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        override
        checkDeadline(params.deadline)
        returns (
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1
        )
    {
        Position storage position = _positions[params.tokenId];
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey = _poolIdToPoolKey[position.poolId];
        IUniswapV3Pool pool;
        (liquidity, amount0, amount1, pool) = addLiquidity(
            AddLiquidityParams({
                token0: poolKey.token0,
                token1: poolKey.token1,
                fee: poolKey.fee,
                tickLower: position.tickLower,
                tickUpper: position.tickUpper,
                amount0Desired: params.amount0Desired,
                amount1Desired: params.amount1Desired,
                amount0Min: params.amount0Min,
                amount1Min: params.amount1Min,
                recipient: address(this)
            })
        );
        bytes32 positionKey = PositionKey.compute(address(this), position.tickLower, position.tickUpper);
        // this is now updated to the current transaction
        (, uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128, , ) = pool.positions(positionKey);
        position.tokensOwed0 += uint128(
            FullMath.mulDiv(
                feeGrowthInside0LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                position.liquidity,
                FixedPoint128.Q128
            )
        );
        position.tokensOwed1 += uint128(
            FullMath.mulDiv(
                feeGrowthInside1LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                position.liquidity,
                FixedPoint128.Q128
            )
        );
        position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
        position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        position.liquidity += liquidity;
        emit IncreaseLiquidity(params.tokenId, liquidity, amount0, amount1);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function decreaseLiquidity(DecreaseLiquidityParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        override
        isAuthorizedForToken(params.tokenId)
        checkDeadline(params.deadline)
        returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1)
    {
        require(params.liquidity > 0);
        Position storage position = _positions[params.tokenId];
        uint128 positionLiquidity = position.liquidity;
        require(positionLiquidity >= params.liquidity);
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey = _poolIdToPoolKey[position.poolId];
        IUniswapV3Pool pool = IUniswapV3Pool(PoolAddress.computeAddress(factory, poolKey));
        (amount0, amount1) = pool.burn(position.tickLower, position.tickUpper, params.liquidity);
        require(amount0 >= params.amount0Min && amount1 >= params.amount1Min, 'Price slippage check');
        bytes32 positionKey = PositionKey.compute(address(this), position.tickLower, position.tickUpper);
        // this is now updated to the current transaction
        (, uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128, , ) = pool.positions(positionKey);
        position.tokensOwed0 +=
            uint128(amount0) +
            uint128(
                FullMath.mulDiv(
                    feeGrowthInside0LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                    positionLiquidity,
                    FixedPoint128.Q128
                )
            );
        position.tokensOwed1 +=
            uint128(amount1) +
            uint128(
                FullMath.mulDiv(
                    feeGrowthInside1LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                    positionLiquidity,
                    FixedPoint128.Q128
                )
            );
        position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
        position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        // subtraction is safe because we checked positionLiquidity is gte params.liquidity
        position.liquidity = positionLiquidity - params.liquidity;
        emit DecreaseLiquidity(params.tokenId, params.liquidity, amount0, amount1);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function collect(CollectParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        override
        isAuthorizedForToken(params.tokenId)
        returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1)
    {
        require(params.amount0Max > 0 || params.amount1Max > 0);
        // allow collecting to the nft position manager address with address 0
        address recipient = params.recipient == address(0) ? address(this) : params.recipient;
        Position storage position = _positions[params.tokenId];
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey = _poolIdToPoolKey[position.poolId];
        IUniswapV3Pool pool = IUniswapV3Pool(PoolAddress.computeAddress(factory, poolKey));
        (uint128 tokensOwed0, uint128 tokensOwed1) = (position.tokensOwed0, position.tokensOwed1);
        // trigger an update of the position fees owed and fee growth snapshots if it has any liquidity
        if (position.liquidity > 0) {
            pool.burn(position.tickLower, position.tickUpper, 0);
            (, uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128, , ) =
                pool.positions(PositionKey.compute(address(this), position.tickLower, position.tickUpper));
            tokensOwed0 += uint128(
                FullMath.mulDiv(
                    feeGrowthInside0LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
                    position.liquidity,
                    FixedPoint128.Q128
                )
            );
            tokensOwed1 += uint128(
                FullMath.mulDiv(
                    feeGrowthInside1LastX128 - position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
                    position.liquidity,
                    FixedPoint128.Q128
                )
            );
            position.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
            position.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        }
        // compute the arguments to give to the pool#collect method
        (uint128 amount0Collect, uint128 amount1Collect) =
            (
                params.amount0Max > tokensOwed0 ? tokensOwed0 : params.amount0Max,
                params.amount1Max > tokensOwed1 ? tokensOwed1 : params.amount1Max
            );
        // the actual amounts collected are returned
        (amount0, amount1) = pool.collect(
            recipient,
            position.tickLower,
            position.tickUpper,
            amount0Collect,
            amount1Collect
        );
        // sometimes there will be a few less wei than expected due to rounding down in core, but we just subtract the full amount expected
        // instead of the actual amount so we can burn the token
        (position.tokensOwed0, position.tokensOwed1) = (tokensOwed0 - amount0Collect, tokensOwed1 - amount1Collect);
        emit Collect(params.tokenId, recipient, amount0Collect, amount1Collect);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc INonfungiblePositionManager
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external payable override isAuthorizedForToken(tokenId) {
        Position storage position = _positions[tokenId];
        require(position.liquidity == 0 && position.tokensOwed0 == 0 && position.tokensOwed1 == 0, 'Not cleared');
        delete _positions[tokenId];
        _burn(tokenId);
    }
    function _getAndIncrementNonce(uint256 tokenId) internal override returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_positions[tokenId].nonce++);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IERC721
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override(ERC721, IERC721) returns (address) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), 'ERC721: approved query for nonexistent token');
        return _positions[tokenId].operator;
    }
    /// @dev Overrides _approve to use the operator in the position, which is packed with the position permit nonce
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal override(ERC721) {
        _positions[tokenId].operator = to;
        emit Approval(ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolImmutables.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolState.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolActions.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions.sol';
import './pool/IUniswapV3PoolEvents.sol';
/// @title The interface for a Uniswap V3 Pool
/// @notice A Uniswap pool facilitates swapping and automated market making between any two assets that strictly conform
/// to the ERC20 specification
/// @dev The pool interface is broken up into many smaller pieces
interface IUniswapV3Pool is
    IUniswapV3PoolImmutables,
    IUniswapV3PoolState,
    IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState,
    IUniswapV3PoolActions,
    IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions,
    IUniswapV3PoolEvents
{
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title FixedPoint128
/// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
library FixedPoint128 {
    uint256 internal constant Q128 = 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title Contains 512-bit math functions
/// @notice Facilitates multiplication and division that can have overflow of an intermediate value without any loss of precision
/// @dev Handles "phantom overflow" i.e., allows multiplication and division where an intermediate value overflows 256 bits
library FullMath {
    /// @notice Calculates floor(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
    /// @param a The multiplicand
    /// @param b The multiplier
    /// @param denominator The divisor
    /// @return result The 256-bit result
    /// @dev Credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = a * b
        // Compute the product mod 2**256 and mod 2**256 - 1
        // then use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct
        // the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
        // variables such that product = prod1 * 2**256 + prod0
        uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
        uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
        assembly {
            let mm := mulmod(a, b, not(0))
            prod0 := mul(a, b)
            prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
        }
        // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division
        if (prod1 == 0) {
            require(denominator > 0);
            assembly {
                result := div(prod0, denominator)
            }
            return result;
        }
        // Make sure the result is less than 2**256.
        // Also prevents denominator == 0
        require(denominator > prod1);
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////
        // 512 by 256 division.
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////
        // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0]
        // Compute remainder using mulmod
        uint256 remainder;
        assembly {
            remainder := mulmod(a, b, denominator)
        }
        // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number
        assembly {
            prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
            prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
        }
        // Factor powers of two out of denominator
        // Compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
        // Always >= 1.
        uint256 twos = -denominator & denominator;
        // Divide denominator by power of two
        assembly {
            denominator := div(denominator, twos)
        }
        // Divide [prod1 prod0] by the factors of two
        assembly {
            prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
        }
        // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0. For this we need
        // to flip `twos` such that it is 2**256 / twos.
        // If twos is zero, then it becomes one
        assembly {
            twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
        }
        prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
        // Invert denominator mod 2**256
        // Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse
        // modulo 2**256 such that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**256.
        // Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct
        // correct for four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**4
        uint256 inv = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
        // Now use Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision.
        // Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works in modular
        // arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**8
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**16
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**32
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**64
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**128
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**256
        // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying
        // with the modular inverse of denominator. This will give us the
        // correct result modulo 2**256. Since the precoditions guarantee
        // that the outcome is less than 2**256, this is the final result.
        // We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
        // is no longer required.
        result = prod0 * inv;
        return result;
    }
    /// @notice Calculates ceil(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
    /// @param a The multiplicand
    /// @param b The multiplier
    /// @param denominator The divisor
    /// @return result The 256-bit result
    function mulDivRoundingUp(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        result = mulDiv(a, b, denominator);
        if (mulmod(a, b, denominator) > 0) {
            require(result < type(uint256).max);
            result++;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
pragma abicoder v2;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Metadata.sol';
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Enumerable.sol';
import './IPoolInitializer.sol';
import './IERC721Permit.sol';
import './IPeripheryPayments.sol';
import './IPeripheryImmutableState.sol';
import '../libraries/PoolAddress.sol';
/// @title Non-fungible token for positions
/// @notice Wraps Uniswap V3 positions in a non-fungible token interface which allows for them to be transferred
/// and authorized.
interface INonfungiblePositionManager is
    IPoolInitializer,
    IPeripheryPayments,
    IPeripheryImmutableState,
    IERC721Metadata,
    IERC721Enumerable,
    IERC721Permit
{
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is increased for a position NFT
    /// @dev Also emitted when a token is minted
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity was increased
    /// @param liquidity The amount by which liquidity for the NFT position was increased
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid for the increase in liquidity
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid for the increase in liquidity
    event IncreaseLiquidity(uint256 indexed tokenId, uint128 liquidity, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is decreased for a position NFT
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity was decreased
    /// @param liquidity The amount by which liquidity for the NFT position was decreased
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was accounted for the decrease in liquidity
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was accounted for the decrease in liquidity
    event DecreaseLiquidity(uint256 indexed tokenId, uint128 liquidity, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Emitted when tokens are collected for a position NFT
    /// @dev The amounts reported may not be exactly equivalent to the amounts transferred, due to rounding behavior
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token for which underlying tokens were collected
    /// @param recipient The address of the account that received the collected tokens
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 owed to the position that was collected
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 owed to the position that was collected
    event Collect(uint256 indexed tokenId, address recipient, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Returns the position information associated with a given token ID.
    /// @dev Throws if the token ID is not valid.
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token that represents the position
    /// @return nonce The nonce for permits
    /// @return operator The address that is approved for spending
    /// @return token0 The address of the token0 for a specific pool
    /// @return token1 The address of the token1 for a specific pool
    /// @return fee The fee associated with the pool
    /// @return tickLower The lower end of the tick range for the position
    /// @return tickUpper The higher end of the tick range for the position
    /// @return liquidity The liquidity of the position
    /// @return feeGrowthInside0LastX128 The fee growth of token0 as of the last action on the individual position
    /// @return feeGrowthInside1LastX128 The fee growth of token1 as of the last action on the individual position
    /// @return tokensOwed0 The uncollected amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last computation
    /// @return tokensOwed1 The uncollected amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last computation
    function positions(uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint96 nonce,
            address operator,
            address token0,
            address token1,
            uint24 fee,
            int24 tickLower,
            int24 tickUpper,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        );
    struct MintParams {
        address token0;
        address token1;
        uint24 fee;
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        uint256 amount0Desired;
        uint256 amount1Desired;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
        address recipient;
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice Creates a new position wrapped in a NFT
    /// @dev Call this when the pool does exist and is initialized. Note that if the pool is created but not initialized
    /// a method does not exist, i.e. the pool is assumed to be initialized.
    /// @param params The params necessary to mint a position, encoded as `MintParams` in calldata
    /// @return tokenId The ID of the token that represents the minted position
    /// @return liquidity The amount of liquidity for this position
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1
    function mint(MintParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        returns (
            uint256 tokenId,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1
        );
    struct IncreaseLiquidityParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint256 amount0Desired;
        uint256 amount1Desired;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice Increases the amount of liquidity in a position, with tokens paid by the `msg.sender`
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity is being increased,
    /// amount0Desired The desired amount of token0 to be spent,
    /// amount1Desired The desired amount of token1 to be spent,
    /// amount0Min The minimum amount of token0 to spend, which serves as a slippage check,
    /// amount1Min The minimum amount of token1 to spend, which serves as a slippage check,
    /// deadline The time by which the transaction must be included to effect the change
    /// @return liquidity The new liquidity amount as a result of the increase
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 to acheive resulting liquidity
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 to acheive resulting liquidity
    function increaseLiquidity(IncreaseLiquidityParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        returns (
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1
        );
    struct DecreaseLiquidityParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint128 liquidity;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    /// @notice Decreases the amount of liquidity in a position and accounts it to the position
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity is being decreased,
    /// amount The amount by which liquidity will be decreased,
    /// amount0Min The minimum amount of token0 that should be accounted for the burned liquidity,
    /// amount1Min The minimum amount of token1 that should be accounted for the burned liquidity,
    /// deadline The time by which the transaction must be included to effect the change
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 accounted to the position's tokens owed
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 accounted to the position's tokens owed
    function decreaseLiquidity(DecreaseLiquidityParams calldata params)
        external
        payable
        returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    struct CollectParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        address recipient;
        uint128 amount0Max;
        uint128 amount1Max;
    }
    /// @notice Collects up to a maximum amount of fees owed to a specific position to the recipient
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the NFT for which tokens are being collected,
    /// recipient The account that should receive the tokens,
    /// amount0Max The maximum amount of token0 to collect,
    /// amount1Max The maximum amount of token1 to collect
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(CollectParams calldata params) external payable returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Burns a token ID, which deletes it from the NFT contract. The token must have 0 liquidity and all tokens
    /// must be collected first.
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token that is being burned
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './INonfungiblePositionManager.sol';
/// @title Describes position NFT tokens via URI
interface INonfungibleTokenPositionDescriptor {
    /// @notice Emitted when a token is given a new priority order in the displayed price ratio
    /// @param token The token being given priority order
    /// @param priority Represents priority in ratio - higher integers get numerator priority
    event UpdateTokenRatioPriority(address token, int256 priority);
    /// @notice Produces the URI describing a particular token ID for a position manager
    /// @dev Note this URI may be a data: URI with the JSON contents directly inlined
    /// @param positionManager The position manager for which to describe the token
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token for which to produce a description, which may not be valid
    /// @return The URI of the ERC721-compliant metadata
    function tokenURI(INonfungiblePositionManager positionManager, uint256 tokenId)
        external
        view
        returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
library PositionKey {
    /// @dev Returns the key of the position in the core library
    function compute(
        address owner,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked(owner, tickLower, tickUpper));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Provides functions for deriving a pool address from the factory, tokens, and the fee
library PoolAddress {
    bytes32 internal constant POOL_INIT_CODE_HASH = 0xe34f199b19b2b4f47f68442619d555527d244f78a3297ea89325f843f87b8b54;
    /// @notice The identifying key of the pool
    struct PoolKey {
        address token0;
        address token1;
        uint24 fee;
    }
    /// @notice Returns PoolKey: the ordered tokens with the matched fee levels
    /// @param tokenA The first token of a pool, unsorted
    /// @param tokenB The second token of a pool, unsorted
    /// @param fee The fee level of the pool
    /// @return Poolkey The pool details with ordered token0 and token1 assignments
    function getPoolKey(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) internal pure returns (PoolKey memory) {
        if (tokenA > tokenB) (tokenA, tokenB) = (tokenB, tokenA);
        return PoolKey({token0: tokenA, token1: tokenB, fee: fee});
    }
    /// @notice Deterministically computes the pool address given the factory and PoolKey
    /// @param factory The Uniswap V3 factory contract address
    /// @param key The PoolKey
    /// @return pool The contract address of the V3 pool
    function computeAddress(address factory, PoolKey memory key) internal pure returns (address pool) {
        require(key.token0 < key.token1);
        pool = address(
            uint256(
                keccak256(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        hex'ff',
                        factory,
                        keccak256(abi.encode(key.token0, key.token1, key.fee)),
                        POOL_INIT_CODE_HASH
                    )
                )
            )
        );
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
pragma abicoder v2;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Factory.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/callback/IUniswapV3MintCallback.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/TickMath.sol';
import '../libraries/PoolAddress.sol';
import '../libraries/CallbackValidation.sol';
import '../libraries/LiquidityAmounts.sol';
import './PeripheryPayments.sol';
import './PeripheryImmutableState.sol';
/// @title Liquidity management functions
/// @notice Internal functions for safely managing liquidity in Uniswap V3
abstract contract LiquidityManagement is IUniswapV3MintCallback, PeripheryImmutableState, PeripheryPayments {
    struct MintCallbackData {
        PoolAddress.PoolKey poolKey;
        address payer;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IUniswapV3MintCallback
    function uniswapV3MintCallback(
        uint256 amount0Owed,
        uint256 amount1Owed,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external override {
        MintCallbackData memory decoded = abi.decode(data, (MintCallbackData));
        CallbackValidation.verifyCallback(factory, decoded.poolKey);
        if (amount0Owed > 0) pay(decoded.poolKey.token0, decoded.payer, msg.sender, amount0Owed);
        if (amount1Owed > 0) pay(decoded.poolKey.token1, decoded.payer, msg.sender, amount1Owed);
    }
    struct AddLiquidityParams {
        address token0;
        address token1;
        uint24 fee;
        address recipient;
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        uint256 amount0Desired;
        uint256 amount1Desired;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
    }
    /// @notice Add liquidity to an initialized pool
    function addLiquidity(AddLiquidityParams memory params)
        internal
        returns (
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 amount0,
            uint256 amount1,
            IUniswapV3Pool pool
        )
    {
        PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey =
            PoolAddress.PoolKey({token0: params.token0, token1: params.token1, fee: params.fee});
        pool = IUniswapV3Pool(PoolAddress.computeAddress(factory, poolKey));
        // compute the liquidity amount
        {
            (uint160 sqrtPriceX96, , , , , , ) = pool.slot0();
            uint160 sqrtRatioAX96 = TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower);
            uint160 sqrtRatioBX96 = TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper);
            liquidity = LiquidityAmounts.getLiquidityForAmounts(
                sqrtPriceX96,
                sqrtRatioAX96,
                sqrtRatioBX96,
                params.amount0Desired,
                params.amount1Desired
            );
        }
        (amount0, amount1) = pool.mint(
            params.recipient,
            params.tickLower,
            params.tickUpper,
            liquidity,
            abi.encode(MintCallbackData({poolKey: poolKey, payer: msg.sender}))
        );
        require(amount0 >= params.amount0Min && amount1 >= params.amount1Min, 'Price slippage check');
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '../interfaces/IPeripheryImmutableState.sol';
/// @title Immutable state
/// @notice Immutable state used by periphery contracts
abstract contract PeripheryImmutableState is IPeripheryImmutableState {
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryImmutableState
    address public immutable override factory;
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryImmutableState
    address public immutable override WETH9;
    constructor(address _factory, address _WETH9) {
        factory = _factory;
        WETH9 = _WETH9;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
pragma abicoder v2;
import '../interfaces/IMulticall.sol';
/// @title Multicall
/// @notice Enables calling multiple methods in a single call to the contract
abstract contract Multicall is IMulticall {
    /// @inheritdoc IMulticall
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external payable override returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            (bool success, bytes memory result) = address(this).delegatecall(data[i]);
            if (!success) {
                // Next 5 lines from https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/a/83577
                if (result.length < 68) revert();
                assembly {
                    result := add(result, 0x04)
                }
                revert(abi.decode(result, (string)));
            }
            results[i] = result;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol';
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol';
import '../libraries/ChainId.sol';
import '../interfaces/external/IERC1271.sol';
import '../interfaces/IERC721Permit.sol';
import './BlockTimestamp.sol';
/// @title ERC721 with permit
/// @notice Nonfungible tokens that support an approve via signature, i.e. permit
abstract contract ERC721Permit is BlockTimestamp, ERC721, IERC721Permit {
    /// @dev Gets the current nonce for a token ID and then increments it, returning the original value
    function _getAndIncrementNonce(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual returns (uint256);
    /// @dev The hash of the name used in the permit signature verification
    bytes32 private immutable nameHash;
    /// @dev The hash of the version string used in the permit signature verification
    bytes32 private immutable versionHash;
    /// @notice Computes the nameHash and versionHash
    constructor(
        string memory name_,
        string memory symbol_,
        string memory version_
    ) ERC721(name_, symbol_) {
        nameHash = keccak256(bytes(name_));
        versionHash = keccak256(bytes(version_));
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IERC721Permit
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() public view override returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    // keccak256('EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)')
                    0x8b73c3c69bb8fe3d512ecc4cf759cc79239f7b179b0ffacaa9a75d522b39400f,
                    nameHash,
                    versionHash,
                    ChainId.get(),
                    address(this)
                )
            );
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IERC721Permit
    /// @dev Value is equal to keccak256("Permit(address spender,uint256 tokenId,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)");
    bytes32 public constant override PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        0x49ecf333e5b8c95c40fdafc95c1ad136e8914a8fb55e9dc8bb01eaa83a2df9ad;
    /// @inheritdoc IERC721Permit
    function permit(
        address spender,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable override {
        require(_blockTimestamp() <= deadline, 'Permit expired');
        bytes32 digest =
            keccak256(
                abi.encodePacked(
                    '\\x19\\x01',
                    DOMAIN_SEPARATOR(),
                    keccak256(abi.encode(PERMIT_TYPEHASH, spender, tokenId, _getAndIncrementNonce(tokenId), deadline))
                )
            );
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(spender != owner, 'ERC721Permit: approval to current owner');
        if (Address.isContract(owner)) {
            require(IERC1271(owner).isValidSignature(digest, abi.encodePacked(r, s, v)) == 0x1626ba7e, 'Unauthorized');
        } else {
            address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
            require(recoveredAddress != address(0), 'Invalid signature');
            require(recoveredAddress == owner, 'Unauthorized');
        }
        _approve(spender, tokenId);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import './BlockTimestamp.sol';
abstract contract PeripheryValidation is BlockTimestamp {
    modifier checkDeadline(uint256 deadline) {
        require(_blockTimestamp() <= deadline, 'Transaction too old');
        _;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/drafts/IERC20Permit.sol';
import '../interfaces/ISelfPermit.sol';
import '../interfaces/external/IERC20PermitAllowed.sol';
/// @title Self Permit
/// @notice Functionality to call permit on any EIP-2612-compliant token for use in the route
/// @dev These functions are expected to be embedded in multicalls to allow EOAs to approve a contract and call a function
/// that requires an approval in a single transaction.
abstract contract SelfPermit is ISelfPermit {
    /// @inheritdoc ISelfPermit
    function selfPermit(
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public payable override {
        IERC20Permit(token).permit(msg.sender, address(this), value, deadline, v, r, s);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc ISelfPermit
    function selfPermitIfNecessary(
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable override {
        if (IERC20(token).allowance(msg.sender, address(this)) < value) selfPermit(token, value, deadline, v, r, s);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc ISelfPermit
    function selfPermitAllowed(
        address token,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public payable override {
        IERC20PermitAllowed(token).permit(msg.sender, address(this), nonce, expiry, true, v, r, s);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc ISelfPermit
    function selfPermitAllowedIfNecessary(
        address token,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable override {
        if (IERC20(token).allowance(msg.sender, address(this)) < type(uint256).max)
            selfPermitAllowed(token, nonce, expiry, v, r, s);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Factory.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
import './PeripheryImmutableState.sol';
import '../interfaces/IPoolInitializer.sol';
/// @title Creates and initializes V3 Pools
abstract contract PoolInitializer is IPoolInitializer, PeripheryImmutableState {
    /// @inheritdoc IPoolInitializer
    function createAndInitializePoolIfNecessary(
        address token0,
        address token1,
        uint24 fee,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96
    ) external payable override returns (address pool) {
        require(token0 < token1);
        pool = IUniswapV3Factory(factory).getPool(token0, token1, fee);
        if (pool == address(0)) {
            pool = IUniswapV3Factory(factory).createPool(token0, token1, fee);
            IUniswapV3Pool(pool).initialize(sqrtPriceX96);
        } else {
            (uint160 sqrtPriceX96Existing, , , , , , ) = IUniswapV3Pool(pool).slot0();
            if (sqrtPriceX96Existing == 0) {
                IUniswapV3Pool(pool).initialize(sqrtPriceX96);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that never changes
/// @notice These parameters are fixed for a pool forever, i.e., the methods will always return the same values
interface IUniswapV3PoolImmutables {
    /// @notice The contract that deployed the pool, which must adhere to the IUniswapV3Factory interface
    /// @return The contract address
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The first of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token0() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The second of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token1() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The pool's fee in hundredths of a bip, i.e. 1e-6
    /// @return The fee
    function fee() external view returns (uint24);
    /// @notice The pool tick spacing
    /// @dev Ticks can only be used at multiples of this value, minimum of 1 and always positive
    /// e.g.: a tickSpacing of 3 means ticks can be initialized every 3rd tick, i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
    /// This value is an int24 to avoid casting even though it is always positive.
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function tickSpacing() external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice The maximum amount of position liquidity that can use any tick in the range
    /// @dev This parameter is enforced per tick to prevent liquidity from overflowing a uint128 at any point, and
    /// also prevents out-of-range liquidity from being used to prevent adding in-range liquidity to a pool
    /// @return The max amount of liquidity per tick
    function maxLiquidityPerTick() external view returns (uint128);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that can change
/// @notice These methods compose the pool's state, and can change with any frequency including multiple times
/// per transaction
interface IUniswapV3PoolState {
    /// @notice The 0th storage slot in the pool stores many values, and is exposed as a single method to save gas
    /// when accessed externally.
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 The current price of the pool as a sqrt(token1/token0) Q64.96 value
    /// tick The current tick of the pool, i.e. according to the last tick transition that was run.
    /// This value may not always be equal to SqrtTickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96) if the price is on a tick
    /// boundary.
    /// observationIndex The index of the last oracle observation that was written,
    /// observationCardinality The current maximum number of observations stored in the pool,
    /// observationCardinalityNext The next maximum number of observations, to be updated when the observation.
    /// feeProtocol The protocol fee for both tokens of the pool.
    /// Encoded as two 4 bit values, where the protocol fee of token1 is shifted 4 bits and the protocol fee of token0
    /// is the lower 4 bits. Used as the denominator of a fraction of the swap fee, e.g. 4 means 1/4th of the swap fee.
    /// unlocked Whether the pool is currently locked to reentrancy
    function slot0()
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
            int24 tick,
            uint16 observationIndex,
            uint16 observationCardinality,
            uint16 observationCardinalityNext,
            uint8 feeProtocol,
            bool unlocked
        );
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token0 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal0X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token1 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal1X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The amounts of token0 and token1 that are owed to the protocol
    /// @dev Protocol fees will never exceed uint128 max in either token
    function protocolFees() external view returns (uint128 token0, uint128 token1);
    /// @notice The currently in range liquidity available to the pool
    /// @dev This value has no relationship to the total liquidity across all ticks
    function liquidity() external view returns (uint128);
    /// @notice Look up information about a specific tick in the pool
    /// @param tick The tick to look up
    /// @return liquidityGross the total amount of position liquidity that uses the pool either as tick lower or
    /// tick upper,
    /// liquidityNet how much liquidity changes when the pool price crosses the tick,
    /// feeGrowthOutside0X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token0,
    /// feeGrowthOutside1X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token1,
    /// tickCumulativeOutside the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick from the current tick
    /// secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 the seconds spent per liquidity on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// secondsOutside the seconds spent on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// initialized Set to true if the tick is initialized, i.e. liquidityGross is greater than 0, otherwise equal to false.
    /// Outside values can only be used if the tick is initialized, i.e. if liquidityGross is greater than 0.
    /// In addition, these values are only relative and must be used only in comparison to previous snapshots for
    /// a specific position.
    function ticks(int24 tick)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 liquidityGross,
            int128 liquidityNet,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128,
            int56 tickCumulativeOutside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
            uint32 secondsOutside,
            bool initialized
        );
    /// @notice Returns 256 packed tick initialized boolean values. See TickBitmap for more information
    function tickBitmap(int16 wordPosition) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Returns the information about a position by the position's key
    /// @param key The position's key is a hash of a preimage composed by the owner, tickLower and tickUpper
    /// @return _liquidity The amount of liquidity in the position,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside0LastX128 fee growth of token0 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside1LastX128 fee growth of token1 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed0 the computed amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed1 the computed amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke
    function positions(bytes32 key)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 _liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        );
    /// @notice Returns data about a specific observation index
    /// @param index The element of the observations array to fetch
    /// @dev You most likely want to use #observe() instead of this method to get an observation as of some amount of time
    /// ago, rather than at a specific index in the array.
    /// @return blockTimestamp The timestamp of the observation,
    /// Returns tickCumulative the tick multiplied by seconds elapsed for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 the seconds per in range liquidity for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns initialized whether the observation has been initialized and the values are safe to use
    function observations(uint256 index)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint32 blockTimestamp,
            int56 tickCumulative,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
            bool initialized
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that is not stored
/// @notice Contains view functions to provide information about the pool that is computed rather than stored on the
/// blockchain. The functions here may have variable gas costs.
interface IUniswapV3PoolDerivedState {
    /// @notice Returns the cumulative tick and liquidity as of each timestamp `secondsAgo` from the current block timestamp
    /// @dev To get a time weighted average tick or liquidity-in-range, you must call this with two values, one representing
    /// the beginning of the period and another for the end of the period. E.g., to get the last hour time-weighted average tick,
    /// you must call it with secondsAgos = [3600, 0].
    /// @dev The time weighted average tick represents the geometric time weighted average price of the pool, in
    /// log base sqrt(1.0001) of token1 / token0. The TickMath library can be used to go from a tick value to a ratio.
    /// @param secondsAgos From how long ago each cumulative tick and liquidity value should be returned
    /// @return tickCumulatives Cumulative tick values as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block timestamp
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s Cumulative seconds per liquidity-in-range value as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block
    /// timestamp
    function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
        external
        view
        returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s);
    /// @notice Returns a snapshot of the tick cumulative, seconds per liquidity and seconds inside a tick range
    /// @dev Snapshots must only be compared to other snapshots, taken over a period for which a position existed.
    /// I.e., snapshots cannot be compared if a position is not held for the entire period between when the first
    /// snapshot is taken and the second snapshot is taken.
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the range
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the range
    /// @return tickCumulativeInside The snapshot of the tick accumulator for the range
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128 The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    /// @return secondsInside The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
        external
        view
        returns (
            int56 tickCumulativeInside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
            uint32 secondsInside
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissionless pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that can be called by anyone
interface IUniswapV3PoolActions {
    /// @notice Sets the initial price for the pool
    /// @dev Price is represented as a sqrt(amountToken1/amountToken0) Q64.96 value
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 the initial sqrt price of the pool as a Q64.96
    function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external;
    /// @notice Adds liquidity for the given recipient/tickLower/tickUpper position
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3MintCallback#uniswapV3MintCallback
    /// in which they must pay any token0 or token1 owed for the liquidity. The amount of token0/token1 due depends
    /// on tickLower, tickUpper, the amount of liquidity, and the current price.
    /// @param recipient The address for which the liquidity will be created
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to mint
    /// @param data Any data that should be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    function mint(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Collects tokens owed to a position
    /// @dev Does not recompute fees earned, which must be done either via mint or burn of any amount of liquidity.
    /// Collect must be called by the position owner. To withdraw only token0 or only token1, amount0Requested or
    /// amount1Requested may be set to zero. To withdraw all tokens owed, caller may pass any value greater than the
    /// actual tokens owed, e.g. type(uint128).max. Tokens owed may be from accumulated swap fees or burned liquidity.
    /// @param recipient The address which should receive the fees collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param amount0Requested How much token0 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @param amount1Requested How much token1 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    /// @notice Burn liquidity from the sender and account tokens owed for the liquidity to the position
    /// @dev Can be used to trigger a recalculation of fees owed to a position by calling with an amount of 0
    /// @dev Fees must be collected separately via a call to #collect
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param amount How much liquidity to burn
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 sent to the recipient
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 sent to the recipient
    function burn(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Swap token0 for token1, or token1 for token0
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3SwapCallback#uniswapV3SwapCallback
    /// @param recipient The address to receive the output of the swap
    /// @param zeroForOne The direction of the swap, true for token0 to token1, false for token1 to token0
    /// @param amountSpecified The amount of the swap, which implicitly configures the swap as exact input (positive), or exact output (negative)
    /// @param sqrtPriceLimitX96 The Q64.96 sqrt price limit. If zero for one, the price cannot be less than this
    /// value after the swap. If one for zero, the price cannot be greater than this value after the swap
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The delta of the balance of token0 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    /// @return amount1 The delta of the balance of token1 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    function swap(
        address recipient,
        bool zeroForOne,
        int256 amountSpecified,
        uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
    /// @notice Receive token0 and/or token1 and pay it back, plus a fee, in the callback
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IUniswapV3FlashCallback#uniswapV3FlashCallback
    /// @dev Can be used to donate underlying tokens pro-rata to currently in-range liquidity providers by calling
    /// with 0 amount{0,1} and sending the donation amount(s) from the callback
    /// @param recipient The address which will receive the token0 and token1 amounts
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 to send
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 to send
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    function flash(
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /// @notice Increase the maximum number of price and liquidity observations that this pool will store
    /// @dev This method is no-op if the pool already has an observationCardinalityNext greater than or equal to
    /// the input observationCardinalityNext.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNext The desired minimum number of observations for the pool to store
    function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissioned pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that may only be called by the factory owner
interface IUniswapV3PoolOwnerActions {
    /// @notice Set the denominator of the protocol's % share of the fees
    /// @param feeProtocol0 new protocol fee for token0 of the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol1 new protocol fee for token1 of the pool
    function setFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0, uint8 feeProtocol1) external;
    /// @notice Collect the protocol fee accrued to the pool
    /// @param recipient The address to which collected protocol fees should be sent
    /// @param amount0Requested The maximum amount of token0 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token1
    /// @param amount1Requested The maximum amount of token1 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token0
    /// @return amount0 The protocol fee collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The protocol fee collected in token1
    function collectProtocol(
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Events emitted by a pool
/// @notice Contains all events emitted by the pool
interface IUniswapV3PoolEvents {
    /// @notice Emitted exactly once by a pool when #initialize is first called on the pool
    /// @dev Mint/Burn/Swap cannot be emitted by the pool before Initialize
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial sqrt price of the pool, as a Q64.96
    /// @param tick The initial tick of the pool, i.e. log base 1.0001 of the starting price of the pool
    event Initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96, int24 tick);
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is minted for a given position
    /// @param sender The address that minted the liquidity
    /// @param owner The owner of the position and recipient of any minted liquidity
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity minted to the position range
    /// @param amount0 How much token0 was required for the minted liquidity
    /// @param amount1 How much token1 was required for the minted liquidity
    event Mint(
        address sender,
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when fees are collected by the owner of a position
    /// @dev Collect events may be emitted with zero amount0 and amount1 when the caller chooses not to collect fees
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which fees are collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 fees collected
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 fees collected
    event Collect(
        address indexed owner,
        address recipient,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0,
        uint128 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a position's liquidity is removed
    /// @dev Does not withdraw any fees earned by the liquidity position, which must be withdrawn via #collect
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which liquidity is removed
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to remove
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 withdrawn
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 withdrawn
    event Burn(
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any swaps between token0 and token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the output of the swap
    /// @param amount0 The delta of the token0 balance of the pool
    /// @param amount1 The delta of the token1 balance of the pool
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt(price) of the pool after the swap, as a Q64.96
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity of the pool after the swap
    /// @param tick The log base 1.0001 of price of the pool after the swap
    event Swap(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        int256 amount0,
        int256 amount1,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        int24 tick
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any flashes of token0/token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the tokens from flash
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was flashed
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was flashed
    /// @param paid0 The amount of token0 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount0 plus the fee
    /// @param paid1 The amount of token1 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount1 plus the fee
    event Flash(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        uint256 paid0,
        uint256 paid1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for increases to the number of observations that can be stored
    /// @dev observationCardinalityNext is not the observation cardinality until an observation is written at the index
    /// just before a mint/swap/burn.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextOld The previous value of the next observation cardinality
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextNew The updated value of the next observation cardinality
    event IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld,
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the protocol fee is changed by the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol0Old The previous value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1Old The previous value of the token1 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol0New The updated value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1New The updated value of the token1 protocol fee
    event SetFeeProtocol(uint8 feeProtocol0Old, uint8 feeProtocol1Old, uint8 feeProtocol0New, uint8 feeProtocol1New);
    /// @notice Emitted when the collected protocol fees are withdrawn by the factory owner
    /// @param sender The address that collects the protocol fees
    /// @param recipient The address that receives the collected protocol fees
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token1 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    event CollectProtocol(address indexed sender, address indexed recipient, uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "./IERC721.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256 tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
pragma abicoder v2;
/// @title Creates and initializes V3 Pools
/// @notice Provides a method for creating and initializing a pool, if necessary, for bundling with other methods that
/// require the pool to exist.
interface IPoolInitializer {
    /// @notice Creates a new pool if it does not exist, then initializes if not initialized
    /// @dev This method can be bundled with others via IMulticall for the first action (e.g. mint) performed against a pool
    /// @param token0 The contract address of token0 of the pool
    /// @param token1 The contract address of token1 of the pool
    /// @param fee The fee amount of the v3 pool for the specified token pair
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial square root price of the pool as a Q64.96 value
    /// @return pool Returns the pool address based on the pair of tokens and fee, will return the newly created pool address if necessary
    function createAndInitializePoolIfNecessary(
        address token0,
        address token1,
        uint24 fee,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96
    ) external payable returns (address pool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol';
/// @title ERC721 with permit
/// @notice Extension to ERC721 that includes a permit function for signature based approvals
interface IERC721Permit is IERC721 {
    /// @notice The permit typehash used in the permit signature
    /// @return The typehash for the permit
    function PERMIT_TYPEHASH() external pure returns (bytes32);
    /// @notice The domain separator used in the permit signature
    /// @return The domain seperator used in encoding of permit signature
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
    /// @notice Approve of a specific token ID for spending by spender via signature
    /// @param spender The account that is being approved
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token that is being approved for spending
    /// @param deadline The deadline timestamp by which the call must be mined for the approve to work
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function permit(
        address spender,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
/// @title Periphery Payments
/// @notice Functions to ease deposits and withdrawals of ETH
interface IPeripheryPayments {
    /// @notice Unwraps the contract's WETH9 balance and sends it to recipient as ETH.
    /// @dev The amountMinimum parameter prevents malicious contracts from stealing WETH9 from users.
    /// @param amountMinimum The minimum amount of WETH9 to unwrap
    /// @param recipient The address receiving ETH
    function unwrapWETH9(uint256 amountMinimum, address recipient) external payable;
    /// @notice Refunds any ETH balance held by this contract to the `msg.sender`
    /// @dev Useful for bundling with mint or increase liquidity that uses ether, or exact output swaps
    /// that use ether for the input amount
    function refundETH() external payable;
    /// @notice Transfers the full amount of a token held by this contract to recipient
    /// @dev The amountMinimum parameter prevents malicious contracts from stealing the token from users
    /// @param token The contract address of the token which will be transferred to `recipient`
    /// @param amountMinimum The minimum amount of token required for a transfer
    /// @param recipient The destination address of the token
    function sweepToken(
        address token,
        uint256 amountMinimum,
        address recipient
    ) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Immutable state
/// @notice Functions that return immutable state of the router
interface IPeripheryImmutableState {
    /// @return Returns the address of the Uniswap V3 factory
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    /// @return Returns the address of WETH9
    function WETH9() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "../../introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
      * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
      *
      * Requirements:
      *
      * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
      * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
      * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
      * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
      * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
      *
      * Emits a {Transfer} event.
      */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title The interface for the Uniswap V3 Factory
/// @notice The Uniswap V3 Factory facilitates creation of Uniswap V3 pools and control over the protocol fees
interface IUniswapV3Factory {
    /// @notice Emitted when the owner of the factory is changed
    /// @param oldOwner The owner before the owner was changed
    /// @param newOwner The owner after the owner was changed
    event OwnerChanged(address indexed oldOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @notice Emitted when a pool is created
    /// @param token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
    /// @param token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
    /// @param pool The address of the created pool
    event PoolCreated(
        address indexed token0,
        address indexed token1,
        uint24 indexed fee,
        int24 tickSpacing,
        address pool
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a new fee amount is enabled for pool creation via the factory
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks for pools created with the given fee
    event FeeAmountEnabled(uint24 indexed fee, int24 indexed tickSpacing);
    /// @notice Returns the current owner of the factory
    /// @dev Can be changed by the current owner via setOwner
    /// @return The address of the factory owner
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Returns the tick spacing for a given fee amount, if enabled, or 0 if not enabled
    /// @dev A fee amount can never be removed, so this value should be hard coded or cached in the calling context
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip. Returns 0 in case of unenabled fee
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function feeAmountTickSpacing(uint24 fee) external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice Returns the pool address for a given pair of tokens and a fee, or address 0 if it does not exist
    /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either token0/token1 or token1/token0 order
    /// @param tokenA The contract address of either token0 or token1
    /// @param tokenB The contract address of the other token
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @return pool The pool address
    function getPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external view returns (address pool);
    /// @notice Creates a pool for the given two tokens and fee
    /// @param tokenA One of the two tokens in the desired pool
    /// @param tokenB The other of the two tokens in the desired pool
    /// @param fee The desired fee for the pool
    /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either order: token0/token1 or token1/token0. tickSpacing is retrieved
    /// from the fee. The call will revert if the pool already exists, the fee is invalid, or the token arguments
    /// are invalid.
    /// @return pool The address of the newly created pool
    function createPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external returns (address pool);
    /// @notice Updates the owner of the factory
    /// @dev Must be called by the current owner
    /// @param _owner The new owner of the factory
    function setOwner(address _owner) external;
    /// @notice Enables a fee amount with the given tickSpacing
    /// @dev Fee amounts may never be removed once enabled
    /// @param fee The fee amount to enable, denominated in hundredths of a bip (i.e. 1e-6)
    /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between ticks to be enforced for all pools created with the given fee amount
    function enableFeeAmount(uint24 fee, int24 tickSpacing) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Callback for IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint
/// @notice Any contract that calls IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint must implement this interface
interface IUniswapV3MintCallback {
    /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after minting liquidity to a position from IUniswapV3Pool#mint.
    /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the minted liquidity.
    /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a UniswapV3Pool deployed by the canonical UniswapV3Factory.
    /// @param amount0Owed The amount of token0 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
    /// @param amount1Owed The amount of token1 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
    /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IUniswapV3PoolActions#mint call
    function uniswapV3MintCallback(
        uint256 amount0Owed,
        uint256 amount1Owed,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Math library for computing sqrt prices from ticks and vice versa
/// @notice Computes sqrt price for ticks of size 1.0001, i.e. sqrt(1.0001^tick) as fixed point Q64.96 numbers. Supports
/// prices between 2**-128 and 2**128
library TickMath {
    /// @dev The minimum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**-128
    int24 internal constant MIN_TICK = -887272;
    /// @dev The maximum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**128
    int24 internal constant MAX_TICK = -MIN_TICK;
    /// @dev The minimum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MIN_TICK)
    uint160 internal constant MIN_SQRT_RATIO = 4295128739;
    /// @dev The maximum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MAX_TICK)
    uint160 internal constant MAX_SQRT_RATIO = 1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970342;
    /// @notice Calculates sqrt(1.0001^tick) * 2^96
    /// @dev Throws if |tick| > max tick
    /// @param tick The input tick for the above formula
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 A Fixed point Q64.96 number representing the sqrt of the ratio of the two assets (token1/token0)
    /// at the given tick
    function getSqrtRatioAtTick(int24 tick) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtPriceX96) {
        uint256 absTick = tick < 0 ? uint256(-int256(tick)) : uint256(int256(tick));
        require(absTick <= uint256(MAX_TICK), 'T');
        uint256 ratio = absTick & 0x1 != 0 ? 0xfffcb933bd6fad37aa2d162d1a594001 : 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
        if (absTick & 0x2 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff97272373d413259a46990580e213a) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x4 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff2e50f5f656932ef12357cf3c7fdcc) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x8 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffe5caca7e10e4e61c3624eaa0941cd0) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x10 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffcb9843d60f6159c9db58835c926644) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x20 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff973b41fa98c081472e6896dfb254c0) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x40 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff2ea16466c96a3843ec78b326b52861) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x80 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfe5dee046a99a2a811c461f1969c3053) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x100 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfcbe86c7900a88aedcffc83b479aa3a4) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x200 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf987a7253ac413176f2b074cf7815e54) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x400 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf3392b0822b70005940c7a398e4b70f3) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x800 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xe7159475a2c29b7443b29c7fa6e889d9) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x1000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xd097f3bdfd2022b8845ad8f792aa5825) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x2000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xa9f746462d870fdf8a65dc1f90e061e5) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x4000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x70d869a156d2a1b890bb3df62baf32f7) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x8000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x31be135f97d08fd981231505542fcfa6) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x10000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x9aa508b5b7a84e1c677de54f3e99bc9) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x20000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x5d6af8dedb81196699c329225ee604) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x40000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x2216e584f5fa1ea926041bedfe98) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x80000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x48a170391f7dc42444e8fa2) >> 128;
        if (tick > 0) ratio = type(uint256).max / ratio;
        // this divides by 1<<32 rounding up to go from a Q128.128 to a Q128.96.
        // we then downcast because we know the result always fits within 160 bits due to our tick input constraint
        // we round up in the division so getTickAtSqrtRatio of the output price is always consistent
        sqrtPriceX96 = uint160((ratio >> 32) + (ratio % (1 << 32) == 0 ? 0 : 1));
    }
    /// @notice Calculates the greatest tick value such that getRatioAtTick(tick) <= ratio
    /// @dev Throws in case sqrtPriceX96 < MIN_SQRT_RATIO, as MIN_SQRT_RATIO is the lowest value getRatioAtTick may
    /// ever return.
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt ratio for which to compute the tick as a Q64.96
    /// @return tick The greatest tick for which the ratio is less than or equal to the input ratio
    function getTickAtSqrtRatio(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) internal pure returns (int24 tick) {
        // second inequality must be < because the price can never reach the price at the max tick
        require(sqrtPriceX96 >= MIN_SQRT_RATIO && sqrtPriceX96 < MAX_SQRT_RATIO, 'R');
        uint256 ratio = uint256(sqrtPriceX96) << 32;
        uint256 r = ratio;
        uint256 msb = 0;
        assembly {
            let f := shl(7, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(6, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(5, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(4, gt(r, 0xFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(3, gt(r, 0xFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(2, gt(r, 0xF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(1, gt(r, 0x3))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := gt(r, 0x1)
            msb := or(msb, f)
        }
        if (msb >= 128) r = ratio >> (msb - 127);
        else r = ratio << (127 - msb);
        int256 log_2 = (int256(msb) - 128) << 64;
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(63, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(62, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(61, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(60, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(59, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(58, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(57, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(56, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(55, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(54, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(53, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(52, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(51, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(50, f))
        }
        int256 log_sqrt10001 = log_2 * 255738958999603826347141; // 128.128 number
        int24 tickLow = int24((log_sqrt10001 - 3402992956809132418596140100660247210) >> 128);
        int24 tickHi = int24((log_sqrt10001 + 291339464771989622907027621153398088495) >> 128);
        tick = tickLow == tickHi ? tickLow : getSqrtRatioAtTick(tickHi) <= sqrtPriceX96 ? tickHi : tickLow;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV3Pool.sol';
import './PoolAddress.sol';
/// @notice Provides validation for callbacks from Uniswap V3 Pools
library CallbackValidation {
    /// @notice Returns the address of a valid Uniswap V3 Pool
    /// @param factory The contract address of the Uniswap V3 factory
    /// @param tokenA The contract address of either token0 or token1
    /// @param tokenB The contract address of the other token
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @return pool The V3 pool contract address
    function verifyCallback(
        address factory,
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) internal view returns (IUniswapV3Pool pool) {
        return verifyCallback(factory, PoolAddress.getPoolKey(tokenA, tokenB, fee));
    }
    /// @notice Returns the address of a valid Uniswap V3 Pool
    /// @param factory The contract address of the Uniswap V3 factory
    /// @param poolKey The identifying key of the V3 pool
    /// @return pool The V3 pool contract address
    function verifyCallback(address factory, PoolAddress.PoolKey memory poolKey)
        internal
        view
        returns (IUniswapV3Pool pool)
    {
        pool = IUniswapV3Pool(PoolAddress.computeAddress(factory, poolKey));
        require(msg.sender == address(pool));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FullMath.sol';
import '@uniswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FixedPoint96.sol';
/// @title Liquidity amount functions
/// @notice Provides functions for computing liquidity amounts from token amounts and prices
library LiquidityAmounts {
    /// @notice Downcasts uint256 to uint128
    /// @param x The uint258 to be downcasted
    /// @return y The passed value, downcasted to uint128
    function toUint128(uint256 x) private pure returns (uint128 y) {
        require((y = uint128(x)) == x);
    }
    /// @notice Computes the amount of liquidity received for a given amount of token0 and price range
    /// @dev Calculates amount0 * (sqrt(upper) * sqrt(lower)) / (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower))
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param amount0 The amount0 being sent in
    /// @return liquidity The amount of returned liquidity
    function getLiquidityForAmount0(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint256 amount0
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 liquidity) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        uint256 intermediate = FullMath.mulDiv(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, FixedPoint96.Q96);
        return toUint128(FullMath.mulDiv(amount0, intermediate, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96));
    }
    /// @notice Computes the amount of liquidity received for a given amount of token1 and price range
    /// @dev Calculates amount1 / (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower)).
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param amount1 The amount1 being sent in
    /// @return liquidity The amount of returned liquidity
    function getLiquidityForAmount1(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint256 amount1
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 liquidity) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        return toUint128(FullMath.mulDiv(amount1, FixedPoint96.Q96, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96));
    }
    /// @notice Computes the maximum amount of liquidity received for a given amount of token0, token1, the current
    /// pool prices and the prices at the tick boundaries
    /// @param sqrtRatioX96 A sqrt price representing the current pool prices
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 being sent in
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 being sent in
    /// @return liquidity The maximum amount of liquidity received
    function getLiquidityForAmounts(
        uint160 sqrtRatioX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    ) internal pure returns (uint128 liquidity) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        if (sqrtRatioX96 <= sqrtRatioAX96) {
            liquidity = getLiquidityForAmount0(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, amount0);
        } else if (sqrtRatioX96 < sqrtRatioBX96) {
            uint128 liquidity0 = getLiquidityForAmount0(sqrtRatioX96, sqrtRatioBX96, amount0);
            uint128 liquidity1 = getLiquidityForAmount1(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioX96, amount1);
            liquidity = liquidity0 < liquidity1 ? liquidity0 : liquidity1;
        } else {
            liquidity = getLiquidityForAmount1(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, amount1);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Computes the amount of token0 for a given amount of liquidity and a price range
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity being valued
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0
    function getAmount0ForLiquidity(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint128 liquidity
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount0) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        return
            FullMath.mulDiv(
                uint256(liquidity) << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION,
                sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96,
                sqrtRatioBX96
            ) / sqrtRatioAX96;
    }
    /// @notice Computes the amount of token1 for a given amount of liquidity and a price range
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity being valued
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1
    function getAmount1ForLiquidity(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint128 liquidity
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount1) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        return FullMath.mulDiv(liquidity, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96, FixedPoint96.Q96);
    }
    /// @notice Computes the token0 and token1 value for a given amount of liquidity, the current
    /// pool prices and the prices at the tick boundaries
    /// @param sqrtRatioX96 A sqrt price representing the current pool prices
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price representing the first tick boundary
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 A sqrt price representing the second tick boundary
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity being valued
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1
    function getAmountsForLiquidity(
        uint160 sqrtRatioX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint128 liquidity
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        if (sqrtRatioX96 <= sqrtRatioAX96) {
            amount0 = getAmount0ForLiquidity(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, liquidity);
        } else if (sqrtRatioX96 < sqrtRatioBX96) {
            amount0 = getAmount0ForLiquidity(sqrtRatioX96, sqrtRatioBX96, liquidity);
            amount1 = getAmount1ForLiquidity(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioX96, liquidity);
        } else {
            amount1 = getAmount1ForLiquidity(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, liquidity);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
import '../interfaces/IPeripheryPayments.sol';
import '../interfaces/external/IWETH9.sol';
import '../libraries/TransferHelper.sol';
import './PeripheryImmutableState.sol';
abstract contract PeripheryPayments is IPeripheryPayments, PeripheryImmutableState {
    receive() external payable {
        require(msg.sender == WETH9, 'Not WETH9');
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryPayments
    function unwrapWETH9(uint256 amountMinimum, address recipient) external payable override {
        uint256 balanceWETH9 = IWETH9(WETH9).balanceOf(address(this));
        require(balanceWETH9 >= amountMinimum, 'Insufficient WETH9');
        if (balanceWETH9 > 0) {
            IWETH9(WETH9).withdraw(balanceWETH9);
            TransferHelper.safeTransferETH(recipient, balanceWETH9);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryPayments
    function sweepToken(
        address token,
        uint256 amountMinimum,
        address recipient
    ) external payable override {
        uint256 balanceToken = IERC20(token).balanceOf(address(this));
        require(balanceToken >= amountMinimum, 'Insufficient token');
        if (balanceToken > 0) {
            TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token, recipient, balanceToken);
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPeripheryPayments
    function refundETH() external payable override {
        if (address(this).balance > 0) TransferHelper.safeTransferETH(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
    }
    /// @param token The token to pay
    /// @param payer The entity that must pay
    /// @param recipient The entity that will receive payment
    /// @param value The amount to pay
    function pay(
        address token,
        address payer,
        address recipient,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        if (token == WETH9 && address(this).balance >= value) {
            // pay with WETH9
            IWETH9(WETH9).deposit{value: value}(); // wrap only what is needed to pay
            IWETH9(WETH9).transfer(recipient, value);
        } else if (payer == address(this)) {
            // pay with tokens already in the contract (for the exact input multihop case)
            TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token, recipient, value);
        } else {
            // pull payment
            TransferHelper.safeTransferFrom(token, payer, recipient, value);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title FixedPoint96
/// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
/// @dev Used in SqrtPriceMath.sol
library FixedPoint96 {
    uint8 internal constant RESOLUTION = 96;
    uint256 internal constant Q96 = 0x1000000000000000000000000;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address sender, address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
/// @title Interface for WETH9
interface IWETH9 is IERC20 {
    /// @notice Deposit ether to get wrapped ether
    function deposit() external payable;
    /// @notice Withdraw wrapped ether to get ether
    function withdraw(uint256) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.6.0;
import '@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol';
library TransferHelper {
    /// @notice Transfers tokens from the targeted address to the given destination
    /// @notice Errors with 'STF' if transfer fails
    /// @param token The contract address of the token to be transferred
    /// @param from The originating address from which the tokens will be transferred
    /// @param to The destination address of the transfer
    /// @param value The amount to be transferred
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) =
            token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
        require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'STF');
    }
    /// @notice Transfers tokens from msg.sender to a recipient
    /// @dev Errors with ST if transfer fails
    /// @param token The contract address of the token which will be transferred
    /// @param to The recipient of the transfer
    /// @param value The value of the transfer
    function safeTransfer(
        address token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20.transfer.selector, to, value));
        require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'ST');
    }
    /// @notice Approves the stipulated contract to spend the given allowance in the given token
    /// @dev Errors with 'SA' if transfer fails
    /// @param token The contract address of the token to be approved
    /// @param to The target of the approval
    /// @param value The amount of the given token the target will be allowed to spend
    function safeApprove(
        address token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20.approve.selector, to, value));
        require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'SA');
    }
    /// @notice Transfers ETH to the recipient address
    /// @dev Fails with `STE`
    /// @param to The destination of the transfer
    /// @param value The value to be transferred
    function safeTransferETH(address to, uint256 value) internal {
        (bool success, ) = to.call{value: value}(new bytes(0));
        require(success, 'STE');
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
pragma abicoder v2;
/// @title Multicall interface
/// @notice Enables calling multiple methods in a single call to the contract
interface IMulticall {
    /// @notice Call multiple functions in the current contract and return the data from all of them if they all succeed
    /// @dev The `msg.value` should not be trusted for any method callable from multicall.
    /// @param data The encoded function data for each of the calls to make to this contract
    /// @return results The results from each of the calls passed in via data
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external payable returns (bytes[] memory results);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "./IERC721Enumerable.sol";
import "./IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "../../introspection/ERC165.sol";
import "../../math/SafeMath.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/EnumerableSet.sol";
import "../../utils/EnumerableMap.sol";
import "../../utils/Strings.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC721 Non-Fungible Token Standard basic implementation
 * @dev see https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata, IERC721Enumerable {
    using SafeMath for uint256;
    using Address for address;
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.UintSet;
    using EnumerableMap for EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap;
    using Strings for uint256;
    // Equals to `bytes4(keccak256("onERC721Received(address,address,uint256,bytes)"))`
    // which can be also obtained as `IERC721Receiver(0).onERC721Received.selector`
    bytes4 private constant _ERC721_RECEIVED = 0x150b7a02;
    // Mapping from holder address to their (enumerable) set of owned tokens
    mapping (address => EnumerableSet.UintSet) private _holderTokens;
    // Enumerable mapping from token ids to their owners
    EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap private _tokenOwners;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping (uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping (address => mapping (address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Optional mapping for token URIs
    mapping (uint256 => string) private _tokenURIs;
    // Base URI
    string private _baseURI;
    /*
     *     bytes4(keccak256('balanceOf(address)')) == 0x70a08231
     *     bytes4(keccak256('ownerOf(uint256)')) == 0x6352211e
     *     bytes4(keccak256('approve(address,uint256)')) == 0x095ea7b3
     *     bytes4(keccak256('getApproved(uint256)')) == 0x081812fc
     *     bytes4(keccak256('setApprovalForAll(address,bool)')) == 0xa22cb465
     *     bytes4(keccak256('isApprovedForAll(address,address)')) == 0xe985e9c5
     *     bytes4(keccak256('transferFrom(address,address,uint256)')) == 0x23b872dd
     *     bytes4(keccak256('safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256)')) == 0x42842e0e
     *     bytes4(keccak256('safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,bytes)')) == 0xb88d4fde
     *
     *     => 0x70a08231 ^ 0x6352211e ^ 0x095ea7b3 ^ 0x081812fc ^
     *        0xa22cb465 ^ 0xe985e9c5 ^ 0x23b872dd ^ 0x42842e0e ^ 0xb88d4fde == 0x80ac58cd
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC721 = 0x80ac58cd;
    /*
     *     bytes4(keccak256('name()')) == 0x06fdde03
     *     bytes4(keccak256('symbol()')) == 0x95d89b41
     *     bytes4(keccak256('tokenURI(uint256)')) == 0xc87b56dd
     *
     *     => 0x06fdde03 ^ 0x95d89b41 ^ 0xc87b56dd == 0x5b5e139f
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_METADATA = 0x5b5e139f;
    /*
     *     bytes4(keccak256('totalSupply()')) == 0x18160ddd
     *     bytes4(keccak256('tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address,uint256)')) == 0x2f745c59
     *     bytes4(keccak256('tokenByIndex(uint256)')) == 0x4f6ccce7
     *
     *     => 0x18160ddd ^ 0x2f745c59 ^ 0x4f6ccce7 == 0x780e9d63
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_ENUMERABLE = 0x780e9d63;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor (string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        // register the supported interfaces to conform to ERC721 via ERC165
        _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC721);
        _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_METADATA);
        _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC721_ENUMERABLE);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: balance query for the zero address");
        return _holderTokens[owner].length();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _tokenOwners.get(tokenId, "ERC721: owner query for nonexistent token");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721Metadata: URI query for nonexistent token");
        string memory _tokenURI = _tokenURIs[tokenId];
        string memory base = baseURI();
        // If there is no base URI, return the token URI.
        if (bytes(base).length == 0) {
            return _tokenURI;
        }
        // If both are set, concatenate the baseURI and tokenURI (via abi.encodePacked).
        if (bytes(_tokenURI).length > 0) {
            return string(abi.encodePacked(base, _tokenURI));
        }
        // If there is a baseURI but no tokenURI, concatenate the tokenID to the baseURI.
        return string(abi.encodePacked(base, tokenId.toString()));
    }
    /**
    * @dev Returns the base URI set via {_setBaseURI}. This will be
    * automatically added as a prefix in {tokenURI} to each token's URI, or
    * to the token ID if no specific URI is set for that token ID.
    */
    function baseURI() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return _baseURI;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _holderTokens[owner].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // _tokenOwners are indexed by tokenIds, so .length() returns the number of tokenIds
        return _tokenOwners.length();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        (uint256 tokenId, ) = _tokenOwners.at(index);
        return tokenId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
        require(_msgSender() == owner || ERC721.isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not owner nor approved for all"
        );
        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: approved query for nonexistent token");
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        require(operator != _msgSender(), "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: transfer caller is not owner nor approved");
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: transfer caller is not owner nor approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, _data);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `_data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _tokenOwners.contains(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: operator query for nonexistent token");
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || getApproved(tokenId) == spender || ERC721.isApprovedForAll(owner, spender));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     d*
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, _data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
        _holderTokens[to].add(tokenId);
        _tokenOwners.set(tokenId, to);
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId); // internal owner
        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear approvals
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        // Clear metadata (if any)
        if (bytes(_tokenURIs[tokenId]).length != 0) {
            delete _tokenURIs[tokenId];
        }
        _holderTokens[owner].remove(tokenId);
        _tokenOwners.remove(tokenId);
        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer of token that is not own"); // internal owner
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
        _holderTokens[from].remove(tokenId);
        _holderTokens[to].add(tokenId);
        _tokenOwners.set(tokenId, to);
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `_tokenURI` as the tokenURI of `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string memory _tokenURI) internal virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721Metadata: URI set of nonexistent token");
        _tokenURIs[tokenId] = _tokenURI;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to set the base URI for all token IDs. It is
     * automatically added as a prefix to the value returned in {tokenURI},
     * or to the token ID if {tokenURI} is empty.
     */
    function _setBaseURI(string memory baseURI_) internal virtual {
        _baseURI = baseURI_;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data)
        private returns (bool)
    {
        if (!to.isContract()) {
            return true;
        }
        bytes memory returndata = to.functionCall(abi.encodeWithSelector(
            IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector,
            _msgSender(),
            from,
            tokenId,
            _data
        ), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
        bytes4 retval = abi.decode(returndata, (bytes4));
        return (retval == _ERC721_RECEIVED);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId); // internal owner
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
     * and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual { }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.
        uint256 size;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly { size := extcodesize(account) }
        return size > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls, avoid-call-value
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain`call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
      return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{ value: value }(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data, string memory errorMessage) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    function _verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure returns(bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.0;
/// @title Function for getting the current chain ID
library ChainId {
    /// @dev Gets the current chain ID
    /// @return chainId The current chain ID
    function get() internal pure returns (uint256 chainId) {
        assembly {
            chainId := chainid()
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Interface for verifying contract-based account signatures
/// @notice Interface that verifies provided signature for the data
/// @dev Interface defined by EIP-1271
interface IERC1271 {
    /// @notice Returns whether the provided signature is valid for the provided data
    /// @dev MUST return the bytes4 magic value 0x1626ba7e when function passes.
    /// MUST NOT modify state (using STATICCALL for solc < 0.5, view modifier for solc > 0.5).
    /// MUST allow external calls.
    /// @param hash Hash of the data to be signed
    /// @param signature Signature byte array associated with _data
    /// @return magicValue The bytes4 magic value 0x1626ba7e
    function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) external view returns (bytes4 magicValue);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
/// @title Function for getting block timestamp
/// @dev Base contract that is overridden for tests
abstract contract BlockTimestamp {
    /// @dev Method that exists purely to be overridden for tests
    /// @return The current block timestamp
    function _blockTimestamp() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return block.timestamp;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
/*
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with GSN meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address payable) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes memory) {
        this; // silence state mutability warning without generating bytecode - see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/2691
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(address operator, address from, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
import "./IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts may inherit from this and call {_registerInterface} to declare
 * their support of an interface.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /*
     * bytes4(keccak256('supportsInterface(bytes4)')) == 0x01ffc9a7
     */
    bytes4 private constant _INTERFACE_ID_ERC165 = 0x01ffc9a7;
    /**
     * @dev Mapping of interface ids to whether or not it's supported.
     */
    mapping(bytes4 => bool) private _supportedInterfaces;
    constructor () {
        // Derived contracts need only register support for their own interfaces,
        // we register support for ERC165 itself here
        _registerInterface(_INTERFACE_ID_ERC165);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     *
     * Time complexity O(1), guaranteed to always use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Registers the contract as an implementer of the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. Support of the actual ERC165 interface is automatic and
     * registering its interface id is not required.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `interfaceId` cannot be the ERC165 invalid interface (`0xffffffff`).
     */
    function _registerInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) internal virtual {
        require(interfaceId != 0xffffffff, "ERC165: invalid interface id");
        _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId] = true;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations with added overflow
 * checks.
 *
 * Arithmetic operations in Solidity wrap on overflow. This can easily result
 * in bugs, because programmers usually assume that an overflow raises an
 * error, which is the standard behavior in high level programming languages.
 * `SafeMath` restores this intuition by reverting the transaction when an
 * operation overflows.
 *
 * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
 * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
 */
library SafeMath {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        if (c < a) return (false, 0);
        return (true, c);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the substraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        if (b > a) return (false, 0);
        return (true, a - b);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
        // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
        // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
        if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
        uint256 c = a * b;
        if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
        return (true, c);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
        return (true, a / b);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
        return (true, a % b);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Addition cannot overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        require(c >= a, "SafeMath: addition overflow");
        return c;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b <= a, "SafeMath: subtraction overflow");
        return a - b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `*` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Multiplication cannot overflow.
     */
    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) return 0;
        uint256 c = a * b;
        require(c / a == b, "SafeMath: multiplication overflow");
        return c;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
     * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
     * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b > 0, "SafeMath: division by zero");
        return a / b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting when dividing by zero.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b > 0, "SafeMath: modulo by zero");
        return a % b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {trySub}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b <= a, errorMessage);
        return a - b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the integer division of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * division by zero. The result is rounded towards zero.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryDiv}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `/` operator. Note: this function uses a
     * `revert` opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity
     * uses an invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b > 0, errorMessage);
        return a / b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers. (unsigned integer modulo),
     * reverting with custom message when dividing by zero.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryMod}.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `%` operator. This function uses a `revert`
     * opcode (which leaves remaining gas untouched) while Solidity uses an
     * invalid opcode to revert (consuming all remaining gas).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The divisor cannot be zero.
     */
    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b > 0, errorMessage);
        return a % b;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping (bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) { // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            // When the value to delete is the last one, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs
            // so rarely, we still do the swap anyway to avoid the gas cost of adding an 'if' statement.
            bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];
            // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
            set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;
            // Update the index for the moved value
            set._indexes[lastvalue] = toDeleteIndex + 1; // All indexes are 1-based
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        require(set._values.length > index, "EnumerableSet: index out of bounds");
        return set._values[index];
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing an enumerable variant of Solidity's
 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/types.html#mapping-types[`mapping`]
 * type.
 *
 * Maps have the following properties:
 *
 * - Entries are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Entries are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableMap for EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap private myMap;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.0.0, only maps of type `uint256 -> address` (`UintToAddressMap`) are
 * supported.
 */
library EnumerableMap {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Map type with
    // bytes32 keys and values.
    // The Map implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as Uint256ToAddressMap) are just wrappers around
    // the underlying Map.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableMaps for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct MapEntry {
        bytes32 _key;
        bytes32 _value;
    }
    struct Map {
        // Storage of map keys and values
        MapEntry[] _entries;
        // Position of the entry defined by a key in the `entries` array, plus 1
        // because index 0 means a key is not in the map.
        mapping (bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _set(Map storage map, bytes32 key, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the key's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        if (keyIndex == 0) { // Equivalent to !contains(map, key)
            map._entries.push(MapEntry({ _key: key, _value: value }));
            // The entry is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            map._indexes[key] = map._entries.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            map._entries[keyIndex - 1]._value = value;
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a key-value pair from a map. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function _remove(Map storage map, bytes32 key) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the key's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        if (keyIndex != 0) { // Equivalent to contains(map, key)
            // To delete a key-value pair from the _entries array in O(1), we swap the entry to delete with the last one
            // in the array, and then remove the last entry (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = keyIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = map._entries.length - 1;
            // When the entry to delete is the last one, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs
            // so rarely, we still do the swap anyway to avoid the gas cost of adding an 'if' statement.
            MapEntry storage lastEntry = map._entries[lastIndex];
            // Move the last entry to the index where the entry to delete is
            map._entries[toDeleteIndex] = lastEntry;
            // Update the index for the moved entry
            map._indexes[lastEntry._key] = toDeleteIndex + 1; // All indexes are 1-based
            // Delete the slot where the moved entry was stored
            map._entries.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete map._indexes[key];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Map storage map, bytes32 key) private view returns (bool) {
        return map._indexes[key] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of key-value pairs in the map. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Map storage map) private view returns (uint256) {
        return map._entries.length;
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the key-value pair stored at position `index` in the map. O(1).
    *
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of entries inside the
    * array, and it may change when more entries are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function _at(Map storage map, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32, bytes32) {
        require(map._entries.length > index, "EnumerableMap: index out of bounds");
        MapEntry storage entry = map._entries[index];
        return (entry._key, entry._value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`.  O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     */
    function _tryGet(Map storage map, bytes32 key) private view returns (bool, bytes32) {
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        if (keyIndex == 0) return (false, 0); // Equivalent to contains(map, key)
        return (true, map._entries[keyIndex - 1]._value); // All indexes are 1-based
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`.  O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function _get(Map storage map, bytes32 key) private view returns (bytes32) {
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        require(keyIndex != 0, "EnumerableMap: nonexistent key"); // Equivalent to contains(map, key)
        return map._entries[keyIndex - 1]._value; // All indexes are 1-based
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {_get}, with a custom error message when `key` is not in the map.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {_tryGet}.
     */
    function _get(Map storage map, bytes32 key, string memory errorMessage) private view returns (bytes32) {
        uint256 keyIndex = map._indexes[key];
        require(keyIndex != 0, errorMessage); // Equivalent to contains(map, key)
        return map._entries[keyIndex - 1]._value; // All indexes are 1-based
    }
    // UintToAddressMap
    struct UintToAddressMap {
        Map _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function set(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _set(map._inner, bytes32(key), bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function remove(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(map._inner, bytes32(key));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(map._inner, bytes32(key));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of elements in the map. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintToAddressMap storage map) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(map._inner);
    }
   /**
    * @dev Returns the element stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
    * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
    * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
    *
    * Requirements:
    *
    * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
    */
    function at(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256, address) {
        (bytes32 key, bytes32 value) = _at(map._inner, index);
        return (uint256(key), address(uint160(uint256(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`.  O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function tryGet(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (bool, address) {
        (bool success, bytes32 value) = _tryGet(map._inner, bytes32(key));
        return (success, address(uint160(uint256(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`.  O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function get(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_get(map._inner, bytes32(key)))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {get}, with a custom error message when `key` is not in the map.
     *
     * CAUTION: This function is deprecated because it requires allocating memory for the error
     * message unnecessarily. For custom revert reasons use {tryGet}.
     */
    function get(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key, string memory errorMessage) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_get(map._inner, bytes32(key), errorMessage))));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        uint256 index = digits - 1;
        temp = value;
        while (temp != 0) {
            buffer[index--] = bytes1(uint8(48 + temp % 10));
            temp /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.6.0 <0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on `{IERC20-approve}`, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 */
interface IERC20Permit {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over `owner`'s tokens,
     * given `owner`'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     */
    function permit(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, uint256 deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for `permit`, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.5;
/// @title Self Permit
/// @notice Functionality to call permit on any EIP-2612-compliant token for use in the route
interface ISelfPermit {
    /// @notice Permits this contract to spend a given token from `msg.sender`
    /// @dev The `owner` is always msg.sender and the `spender` is always address(this).
    /// @param token The address of the token spent
    /// @param value The amount that can be spent of token
    /// @param deadline A timestamp, the current blocktime must be less than or equal to this timestamp
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function selfPermit(
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
    /// @notice Permits this contract to spend a given token from `msg.sender`
    /// @dev The `owner` is always msg.sender and the `spender` is always address(this).
    /// Can be used instead of #selfPermit to prevent calls from failing due to a frontrun of a call to #selfPermit
    /// @param token The address of the token spent
    /// @param value The amount that can be spent of token
    /// @param deadline A timestamp, the current blocktime must be less than or equal to this timestamp
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function selfPermitIfNecessary(
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
    /// @notice Permits this contract to spend the sender's tokens for permit signatures that have the `allowed` parameter
    /// @dev The `owner` is always msg.sender and the `spender` is always address(this)
    /// @param token The address of the token spent
    /// @param nonce The current nonce of the owner
    /// @param expiry The timestamp at which the permit is no longer valid
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function selfPermitAllowed(
        address token,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
    /// @notice Permits this contract to spend the sender's tokens for permit signatures that have the `allowed` parameter
    /// @dev The `owner` is always msg.sender and the `spender` is always address(this)
    /// Can be used instead of #selfPermitAllowed to prevent calls from failing due to a frontrun of a call to #selfPermitAllowed.
    /// @param token The address of the token spent
    /// @param nonce The current nonce of the owner
    /// @param expiry The timestamp at which the permit is no longer valid
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function selfPermitAllowedIfNecessary(
        address token,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Interface for permit
/// @notice Interface used by DAI/CHAI for permit
interface IERC20PermitAllowed {
    /// @notice Approve the spender to spend some tokens via the holder signature
    /// @dev This is the permit interface used by DAI and CHAI
    /// @param holder The address of the token holder, the token owner
    /// @param spender The address of the token spender
    /// @param nonce The holder's nonce, increases at each call to permit
    /// @param expiry The timestamp at which the permit is no longer valid
    /// @param allowed Boolean that sets approval amount, true for type(uint256).max and false for 0
    /// @param v Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `s`
    /// @param r Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `v` and `s`
    /// @param s Must produce valid secp256k1 signature from the holder along with `r` and `v`
    function permit(
        address holder,
        address spender,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        bool allowed,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;
}

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;
// File: @aragon/apps-shared-minime/contracts/ITokenController.sol
/// @dev The token controller contract must implement these functions


interface ITokenController {
    /// @notice Called when `_owner` sends ether to the MiniMe Token contract
    /// @param _owner The address that sent the ether to create tokens
    /// @return True if the ether is accepted, false if it throws
    function proxyPayment(address _owner) external payable returns(bool);

    /// @notice Notifies the controller about a token transfer allowing the
    ///  controller to react if desired
    /// @param _from The origin of the transfer
    /// @param _to The destination of the transfer
    /// @param _amount The amount of the transfer
    /// @return False if the controller does not authorize the transfer
    function onTransfer(address _from, address _to, uint _amount) external returns(bool);

    /// @notice Notifies the controller about an approval allowing the
    ///  controller to react if desired
    /// @param _owner The address that calls `approve()`
    /// @param _spender The spender in the `approve()` call
    /// @param _amount The amount in the `approve()` call
    /// @return False if the controller does not authorize the approval
    function onApprove(address _owner, address _spender, uint _amount) external returns(bool);
}
// File: @aragon/apps-shared-minime/contracts/MiniMeToken.sol
/*
    Copyright 2016, Jordi Baylina
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */

/// @title MiniMeToken Contract
/// @author Jordi Baylina
/// @dev This token contract's goal is to make it easy for anyone to clone this
///  token using the token distribution at a given block, this will allow DAO's
///  and DApps to upgrade their features in a decentralized manner without
///  affecting the original token
/// @dev It is ERC20 compliant, but still needs to under go further testing.


contract Controlled {
    /// @notice The address of the controller is the only address that can call
    ///  a function with this modifier
    modifier onlyController {
        require(msg.sender == controller);
        _;
    }

    address public controller;

    function Controlled()  public { controller = msg.sender;}

    /// @notice Changes the controller of the contract
    /// @param _newController The new controller of the contract
    function changeController(address _newController) onlyController  public {
        controller = _newController;
    }
}

contract ApproveAndCallFallBack {
    function receiveApproval(
        address from,
        uint256 _amount,
        address _token,
        bytes _data
    ) public;
}

/// @dev The actual token contract, the default controller is the msg.sender
///  that deploys the contract, so usually this token will be deployed by a
///  token controller contract, which Giveth will call a "Campaign"
contract MiniMeToken is Controlled {

    string public name;                //The Token's name: e.g. DigixDAO Tokens
    uint8 public decimals;             //Number of decimals of the smallest unit
    string public symbol;              //An identifier: e.g. REP
    string public version = "MMT_0.1"; //An arbitrary versioning scheme


    /// @dev `Checkpoint` is the structure that attaches a block number to a
    ///  given value, the block number attached is the one that last changed the
    ///  value
    struct Checkpoint {

        // `fromBlock` is the block number that the value was generated from
        uint128 fromBlock;

        // `value` is the amount of tokens at a specific block number
        uint128 value;
    }

    // `parentToken` is the Token address that was cloned to produce this token;
    //  it will be 0x0 for a token that was not cloned
    MiniMeToken public parentToken;

    // `parentSnapShotBlock` is the block number from the Parent Token that was
    //  used to determine the initial distribution of the Clone Token
    uint public parentSnapShotBlock;

    // `creationBlock` is the block number that the Clone Token was created
    uint public creationBlock;

    // `balances` is the map that tracks the balance of each address, in this
    //  contract when the balance changes the block number that the change
    //  occurred is also included in the map
    mapping (address => Checkpoint[]) balances;

    // `allowed` tracks any extra transfer rights as in all ERC20 tokens
    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint256)) allowed;

    // Tracks the history of the `totalSupply` of the token
    Checkpoint[] totalSupplyHistory;

    // Flag that determines if the token is transferable or not.
    bool public transfersEnabled;

    // The factory used to create new clone tokens
    MiniMeTokenFactory public tokenFactory;

////////////////
// Constructor
////////////////

    /// @notice Constructor to create a MiniMeToken
    /// @param _tokenFactory The address of the MiniMeTokenFactory contract that
    ///  will create the Clone token contracts, the token factory needs to be
    ///  deployed first
    /// @param _parentToken Address of the parent token, set to 0x0 if it is a
    ///  new token
    /// @param _parentSnapShotBlock Block of the parent token that will
    ///  determine the initial distribution of the clone token, set to 0 if it
    ///  is a new token
    /// @param _tokenName Name of the new token
    /// @param _decimalUnits Number of decimals of the new token
    /// @param _tokenSymbol Token Symbol for the new token
    /// @param _transfersEnabled If true, tokens will be able to be transferred
    function MiniMeToken(
        MiniMeTokenFactory _tokenFactory,
        MiniMeToken _parentToken,
        uint _parentSnapShotBlock,
        string _tokenName,
        uint8 _decimalUnits,
        string _tokenSymbol,
        bool _transfersEnabled
    )  public
    {
        tokenFactory = _tokenFactory;
        name = _tokenName;                                 // Set the name
        decimals = _decimalUnits;                          // Set the decimals
        symbol = _tokenSymbol;                             // Set the symbol
        parentToken = _parentToken;
        parentSnapShotBlock = _parentSnapShotBlock;
        transfersEnabled = _transfersEnabled;
        creationBlock = block.number;
    }


///////////////////
// ERC20 Methods
///////////////////

    /// @notice Send `_amount` tokens to `_to` from `msg.sender`
    /// @param _to The address of the recipient
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be transferred
    /// @return Whether the transfer was successful or not
    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _amount) public returns (bool success) {
        require(transfersEnabled);
        return doTransfer(msg.sender, _to, _amount);
    }

    /// @notice Send `_amount` tokens to `_to` from `_from` on the condition it
    ///  is approved by `_from`
    /// @param _from The address holding the tokens being transferred
    /// @param _to The address of the recipient
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be transferred
    /// @return True if the transfer was successful
    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) public returns (bool success) {

        // The controller of this contract can move tokens around at will,
        //  this is important to recognize! Confirm that you trust the
        //  controller of this contract, which in most situations should be
        //  another open source smart contract or 0x0
        if (msg.sender != controller) {
            require(transfersEnabled);

            // The standard ERC 20 transferFrom functionality
            if (allowed[_from][msg.sender] < _amount)
                return false;
            allowed[_from][msg.sender] -= _amount;
        }
        return doTransfer(_from, _to, _amount);
    }

    /// @dev This is the actual transfer function in the token contract, it can
    ///  only be called by other functions in this contract.
    /// @param _from The address holding the tokens being transferred
    /// @param _to The address of the recipient
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be transferred
    /// @return True if the transfer was successful
    function doTransfer(address _from, address _to, uint _amount) internal returns(bool) {
        if (_amount == 0) {
            return true;
        }
        require(parentSnapShotBlock < block.number);
        // Do not allow transfer to 0x0 or the token contract itself
        require((_to != 0) && (_to != address(this)));
        // If the amount being transfered is more than the balance of the
        //  account the transfer returns false
        var previousBalanceFrom = balanceOfAt(_from, block.number);
        if (previousBalanceFrom < _amount) {
            return false;
        }
        // Alerts the token controller of the transfer
        if (isContract(controller)) {
            // Adding the ` == true` makes the linter shut up so...
            require(ITokenController(controller).onTransfer(_from, _to, _amount) == true);
        }
        // First update the balance array with the new value for the address
        //  sending the tokens
        updateValueAtNow(balances[_from], previousBalanceFrom - _amount);
        // Then update the balance array with the new value for the address
        //  receiving the tokens
        var previousBalanceTo = balanceOfAt(_to, block.number);
        require(previousBalanceTo + _amount >= previousBalanceTo); // Check for overflow
        updateValueAtNow(balances[_to], previousBalanceTo + _amount);
        // An event to make the transfer easy to find on the blockchain
        Transfer(_from, _to, _amount);
        return true;
    }

    /// @param _owner The address that's balance is being requested
    /// @return The balance of `_owner` at the current block
    function balanceOf(address _owner) public constant returns (uint256 balance) {
        return balanceOfAt(_owner, block.number);
    }

    /// @notice `msg.sender` approves `_spender` to spend `_amount` tokens on
    ///  its behalf. This is a modified version of the ERC20 approve function
    ///  to be a little bit safer
    /// @param _spender The address of the account able to transfer the tokens
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be approved for transfer
    /// @return True if the approval was successful
    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _amount) public returns (bool success) {
        require(transfersEnabled);

        // To change the approve amount you first have to reduce the addresses`
        //  allowance to zero by calling `approve(_spender,0)` if it is not
        //  already 0 to mitigate the race condition described here:
        //  https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
        require((_amount == 0) || (allowed[msg.sender][_spender] == 0));

        // Alerts the token controller of the approve function call
        if (isContract(controller)) {
            // Adding the ` == true` makes the linter shut up so...
            require(ITokenController(controller).onApprove(msg.sender, _spender, _amount) == true);
        }

        allowed[msg.sender][_spender] = _amount;
        Approval(msg.sender, _spender, _amount);
        return true;
    }

    /// @dev This function makes it easy to read the `allowed[]` map
    /// @param _owner The address of the account that owns the token
    /// @param _spender The address of the account able to transfer the tokens
    /// @return Amount of remaining tokens of _owner that _spender is allowed
    ///  to spend
    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public constant returns (uint256 remaining) {
        return allowed[_owner][_spender];
    }

    /// @notice `msg.sender` approves `_spender` to send `_amount` tokens on
    ///  its behalf, and then a function is triggered in the contract that is
    ///  being approved, `_spender`. This allows users to use their tokens to
    ///  interact with contracts in one function call instead of two
    /// @param _spender The address of the contract able to transfer the tokens
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be approved for transfer
    /// @return True if the function call was successful
    function approveAndCall(ApproveAndCallFallBack _spender, uint256 _amount, bytes _extraData) public returns (bool success) {
        require(approve(_spender, _amount));

        _spender.receiveApproval(
            msg.sender,
            _amount,
            this,
            _extraData
        );

        return true;
    }

    /// @dev This function makes it easy to get the total number of tokens
    /// @return The total number of tokens
    function totalSupply() public constant returns (uint) {
        return totalSupplyAt(block.number);
    }


////////////////
// Query balance and totalSupply in History
////////////////

    /// @dev Queries the balance of `_owner` at a specific `_blockNumber`
    /// @param _owner The address from which the balance will be retrieved
    /// @param _blockNumber The block number when the balance is queried
    /// @return The balance at `_blockNumber`
    function balanceOfAt(address _owner, uint _blockNumber) public constant returns (uint) {

        // These next few lines are used when the balance of the token is
        //  requested before a check point was ever created for this token, it
        //  requires that the `parentToken.balanceOfAt` be queried at the
        //  genesis block for that token as this contains initial balance of
        //  this token
        if ((balances[_owner].length == 0) || (balances[_owner][0].fromBlock > _blockNumber)) {
            if (address(parentToken) != 0) {
                return parentToken.balanceOfAt(_owner, min(_blockNumber, parentSnapShotBlock));
            } else {
                // Has no parent
                return 0;
            }

        // This will return the expected balance during normal situations
        } else {
            return getValueAt(balances[_owner], _blockNumber);
        }
    }

    /// @notice Total amount of tokens at a specific `_blockNumber`.
    /// @param _blockNumber The block number when the totalSupply is queried
    /// @return The total amount of tokens at `_blockNumber`
    function totalSupplyAt(uint _blockNumber) public constant returns(uint) {

        // These next few lines are used when the totalSupply of the token is
        //  requested before a check point was ever created for this token, it
        //  requires that the `parentToken.totalSupplyAt` be queried at the
        //  genesis block for this token as that contains totalSupply of this
        //  token at this block number.
        if ((totalSupplyHistory.length == 0) || (totalSupplyHistory[0].fromBlock > _blockNumber)) {
            if (address(parentToken) != 0) {
                return parentToken.totalSupplyAt(min(_blockNumber, parentSnapShotBlock));
            } else {
                return 0;
            }

        // This will return the expected totalSupply during normal situations
        } else {
            return getValueAt(totalSupplyHistory, _blockNumber);
        }
    }

////////////////
// Clone Token Method
////////////////

    /// @notice Creates a new clone token with the initial distribution being
    ///  this token at `_snapshotBlock`
    /// @param _cloneTokenName Name of the clone token
    /// @param _cloneDecimalUnits Number of decimals of the smallest unit
    /// @param _cloneTokenSymbol Symbol of the clone token
    /// @param _snapshotBlock Block when the distribution of the parent token is
    ///  copied to set the initial distribution of the new clone token;
    ///  if the block is zero than the actual block, the current block is used
    /// @param _transfersEnabled True if transfers are allowed in the clone
    /// @return The address of the new MiniMeToken Contract
    function createCloneToken(
        string _cloneTokenName,
        uint8 _cloneDecimalUnits,
        string _cloneTokenSymbol,
        uint _snapshotBlock,
        bool _transfersEnabled
    ) public returns(MiniMeToken)
    {
        uint256 snapshot = _snapshotBlock == 0 ? block.number - 1 : _snapshotBlock;

        MiniMeToken cloneToken = tokenFactory.createCloneToken(
            this,
            snapshot,
            _cloneTokenName,
            _cloneDecimalUnits,
            _cloneTokenSymbol,
            _transfersEnabled
        );

        cloneToken.changeController(msg.sender);

        // An event to make the token easy to find on the blockchain
        NewCloneToken(address(cloneToken), snapshot);
        return cloneToken;
    }

////////////////
// Generate and destroy tokens
////////////////

    /// @notice Generates `_amount` tokens that are assigned to `_owner`
    /// @param _owner The address that will be assigned the new tokens
    /// @param _amount The quantity of tokens generated
    /// @return True if the tokens are generated correctly
    function generateTokens(address _owner, uint _amount) onlyController public returns (bool) {
        uint curTotalSupply = totalSupply();
        require(curTotalSupply + _amount >= curTotalSupply); // Check for overflow
        uint previousBalanceTo = balanceOf(_owner);
        require(previousBalanceTo + _amount >= previousBalanceTo); // Check for overflow
        updateValueAtNow(totalSupplyHistory, curTotalSupply + _amount);
        updateValueAtNow(balances[_owner], previousBalanceTo + _amount);
        Transfer(0, _owner, _amount);
        return true;
    }


    /// @notice Burns `_amount` tokens from `_owner`
    /// @param _owner The address that will lose the tokens
    /// @param _amount The quantity of tokens to burn
    /// @return True if the tokens are burned correctly
    function destroyTokens(address _owner, uint _amount) onlyController public returns (bool) {
        uint curTotalSupply = totalSupply();
        require(curTotalSupply >= _amount);
        uint previousBalanceFrom = balanceOf(_owner);
        require(previousBalanceFrom >= _amount);
        updateValueAtNow(totalSupplyHistory, curTotalSupply - _amount);
        updateValueAtNow(balances[_owner], previousBalanceFrom - _amount);
        Transfer(_owner, 0, _amount);
        return true;
    }

////////////////
// Enable tokens transfers
////////////////


    /// @notice Enables token holders to transfer their tokens freely if true
    /// @param _transfersEnabled True if transfers are allowed in the clone
    function enableTransfers(bool _transfersEnabled) onlyController public {
        transfersEnabled = _transfersEnabled;
    }

////////////////
// Internal helper functions to query and set a value in a snapshot array
////////////////

    /// @dev `getValueAt` retrieves the number of tokens at a given block number
    /// @param checkpoints The history of values being queried
    /// @param _block The block number to retrieve the value at
    /// @return The number of tokens being queried
    function getValueAt(Checkpoint[] storage checkpoints, uint _block) constant internal returns (uint) {
        if (checkpoints.length == 0)
            return 0;

        // Shortcut for the actual value
        if (_block >= checkpoints[checkpoints.length-1].fromBlock)
            return checkpoints[checkpoints.length-1].value;
        if (_block < checkpoints[0].fromBlock)
            return 0;

        // Binary search of the value in the array
        uint min = 0;
        uint max = checkpoints.length-1;
        while (max > min) {
            uint mid = (max + min + 1) / 2;
            if (checkpoints[mid].fromBlock<=_block) {
                min = mid;
            } else {
                max = mid-1;
            }
        }
        return checkpoints[min].value;
    }

    /// @dev `updateValueAtNow` used to update the `balances` map and the
    ///  `totalSupplyHistory`
    /// @param checkpoints The history of data being updated
    /// @param _value The new number of tokens
    function updateValueAtNow(Checkpoint[] storage checkpoints, uint _value) internal {
        if ((checkpoints.length == 0) || (checkpoints[checkpoints.length - 1].fromBlock < block.number)) {
            Checkpoint storage newCheckPoint = checkpoints[checkpoints.length++];
            newCheckPoint.fromBlock = uint128(block.number);
            newCheckPoint.value = uint128(_value);
        } else {
            Checkpoint storage oldCheckPoint = checkpoints[checkpoints.length - 1];
            oldCheckPoint.value = uint128(_value);
        }
    }

    /// @dev Internal function to determine if an address is a contract
    /// @param _addr The address being queried
    /// @return True if `_addr` is a contract
    function isContract(address _addr) constant internal returns(bool) {
        uint size;
        if (_addr == 0)
            return false;

        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(_addr)
        }

        return size>0;
    }

    /// @dev Helper function to return a min betwen the two uints
    function min(uint a, uint b) pure internal returns (uint) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /// @notice The fallback function: If the contract's controller has not been
    ///  set to 0, then the `proxyPayment` method is called which relays the
    ///  ether and creates tokens as described in the token controller contract
    function () external payable {
        require(isContract(controller));
        // Adding the ` == true` makes the linter shut up so...
        require(ITokenController(controller).proxyPayment.value(msg.value)(msg.sender) == true);
    }

//////////
// Safety Methods
//////////

    /// @notice This method can be used by the controller to extract mistakenly
    ///  sent tokens to this contract.
    /// @param _token The address of the token contract that you want to recover
    ///  set to 0 in case you want to extract ether.
    function claimTokens(address _token) onlyController public {
        if (_token == 0x0) {
            controller.transfer(this.balance);
            return;
        }

        MiniMeToken token = MiniMeToken(_token);
        uint balance = token.balanceOf(this);
        token.transfer(controller, balance);
        ClaimedTokens(_token, controller, balance);
    }

////////////////
// Events
////////////////
    event ClaimedTokens(address indexed _token, address indexed _controller, uint _amount);
    event Transfer(address indexed _from, address indexed _to, uint256 _amount);
    event NewCloneToken(address indexed _cloneToken, uint _snapshotBlock);
    event Approval(
        address indexed _owner,
        address indexed _spender,
        uint256 _amount
        );

}


////////////////
// MiniMeTokenFactory
////////////////

/// @dev This contract is used to generate clone contracts from a contract.
///  In solidity this is the way to create a contract from a contract of the
///  same class
contract MiniMeTokenFactory {

    /// @notice Update the DApp by creating a new token with new functionalities
    ///  the msg.sender becomes the controller of this clone token
    /// @param _parentToken Address of the token being cloned
    /// @param _snapshotBlock Block of the parent token that will
    ///  determine the initial distribution of the clone token
    /// @param _tokenName Name of the new token
    /// @param _decimalUnits Number of decimals of the new token
    /// @param _tokenSymbol Token Symbol for the new token
    /// @param _transfersEnabled If true, tokens will be able to be transferred
    /// @return The address of the new token contract
    function createCloneToken(
        MiniMeToken _parentToken,
        uint _snapshotBlock,
        string _tokenName,
        uint8 _decimalUnits,
        string _tokenSymbol,
        bool _transfersEnabled
    ) public returns (MiniMeToken)
    {
        MiniMeToken newToken = new MiniMeToken(
            this,
            _parentToken,
            _snapshotBlock,
            _tokenName,
            _decimalUnits,
            _tokenSymbol,
            _transfersEnabled
        );

        newToken.changeController(msg.sender);
        return newToken;
    }
}

// Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub

// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.4.18;

contract WETH9 {
    string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
    string public symbol   = "WETH";
    uint8  public decimals = 18;

    event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
    event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);

    mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;

    function() public payable {
        deposit();
    }
    function deposit() public payable {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
        Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
    function withdraw(uint wad) public {
        require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
        msg.sender.transfer(wad);
        Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
    }

    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
        return this.balance;
    }

    function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
        Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
        return true;
    }

    function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
    }

    function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
        public
        returns (bool)
    {
        require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);

        if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
            require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
            allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
        }

        balanceOf[src] -= wad;
        balanceOf[dst] += wad;

        Transfer(src, dst, wad);

        return true;
    }
}


/*
                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                       Version 3, 29 June 2007

 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

                            Preamble

  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.

  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
your programs, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.

  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.

  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.

  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  0. Definitions.

  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.

  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.

  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.

  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.

  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.

  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.

  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.

  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.

  1. Source Code.

  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.

  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.

  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.

  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.

  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.

  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.

  2. Basic Permissions.

  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.

  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.

  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.

  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.

  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.

  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.

  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.

  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.

  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.

  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.

  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
    it, and giving a relevant date.

    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
    released under this License and any conditions added under section
    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
    "keep intact all notices".

    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.

    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
    work need not make them do so.

  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.

  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.

  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:

    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
    customarily used for software interchange.

    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.

    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
    with subsection 6b.

    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.

    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
    charge under subsection 6d.

  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.

  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.

  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.

  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).

  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.

  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.

  7. Additional Terms.

  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.

  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:

    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or

    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
    Notices displayed by works containing it; or

    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or

    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
    authors of the material; or

    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or

    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
    those licensors and authors.

  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.

  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.

  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.

  8. Termination.

  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).

  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.

  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.

  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.

  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.

  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.

  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.

  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.

  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.

  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.

  11. Patents.

  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".

  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.

  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.

  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.

  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.

  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.

  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.

  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.

  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.

  14. Revised Versions of this License.

  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.

  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.

  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.

  Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.

  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

  16. Limitation of Liability.

  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.

  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.

                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".

  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

*/

// File: contracts/common/UnstructuredStorage.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


library UnstructuredStorage {
    function getStorageBool(bytes32 position) internal view returns (bool data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageAddress(bytes32 position) internal view returns (address data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageBytes32(bytes32 position) internal view returns (bytes32 data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageUint256(bytes32 position) internal view returns (uint256 data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function setStorageBool(bytes32 position, bool data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageAddress(bytes32 position, address data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageBytes32(bytes32 position, bytes32 data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageUint256(bytes32 position, uint256 data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }
}

// File: contracts/acl/IACL.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IACL {
    function initialize(address permissionsCreator) external;

    // TODO: this should be external
    // See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4832
    function hasPermission(address who, address where, bytes32 what, bytes how) public view returns (bool);
}

// File: contracts/common/IVaultRecoverable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IVaultRecoverable {
    event RecoverToVault(address indexed vault, address indexed token, uint256 amount);

    function transferToVault(address token) external;

    function allowRecoverability(address token) external view returns (bool);
    function getRecoveryVault() external view returns (address);
}

// File: contracts/kernel/IKernel.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




interface IKernelEvents {
    event SetApp(bytes32 indexed namespace, bytes32 indexed appId, address app);
}


// This should be an interface, but interfaces can't inherit yet :(
contract IKernel is IKernelEvents, IVaultRecoverable {
    function acl() public view returns (IACL);
    function hasPermission(address who, address where, bytes32 what, bytes how) public view returns (bool);

    function setApp(bytes32 namespace, bytes32 appId, address app) public;
    function getApp(bytes32 namespace, bytes32 appId) public view returns (address);
}

// File: contracts/apps/AppStorage.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




contract AppStorage {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_POSITION = keccak256("aragonOS.appStorage.kernel");
    bytes32 internal constant APP_ID_POSITION = keccak256("aragonOS.appStorage.appId");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_POSITION = 0x4172f0f7d2289153072b0a6ca36959e0cbe2efc3afe50fc81636caa96338137b;
    bytes32 internal constant APP_ID_POSITION = 0xd625496217aa6a3453eecb9c3489dc5a53e6c67b444329ea2b2cbc9ff547639b;

    function kernel() public view returns (IKernel) {
        return IKernel(KERNEL_POSITION.getStorageAddress());
    }

    function appId() public view returns (bytes32) {
        return APP_ID_POSITION.getStorageBytes32();
    }

    function setKernel(IKernel _kernel) internal {
        KERNEL_POSITION.setStorageAddress(address(_kernel));
    }

    function setAppId(bytes32 _appId) internal {
        APP_ID_POSITION.setStorageBytes32(_appId);
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/IsContract.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract IsContract {
    /*
    * NOTE: this should NEVER be used for authentication
    * (see pitfalls: https://github.com/fergarrui/ethereum-security/tree/master/contracts/extcodesize).
    *
    * This is only intended to be used as a sanity check that an address is actually a contract,
    * RATHER THAN an address not being a contract.
    */
    function isContract(address _target) internal view returns (bool) {
        if (_target == address(0)) {
            return false;
        }

        uint256 size;
        assembly { size := extcodesize(_target) }
        return size > 0;
    }
}

// File: contracts/lib/misc/ERCProxy.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract ERCProxy {
    uint256 internal constant FORWARDING = 1;
    uint256 internal constant UPGRADEABLE = 2;

    function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId);
    function implementation() public view returns (address codeAddr);
}

// File: contracts/common/DelegateProxy.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;




contract DelegateProxy is ERCProxy, IsContract {
    uint256 internal constant FWD_GAS_LIMIT = 10000;

    /**
    * @dev Performs a delegatecall and returns whatever the delegatecall returned (entire context execution will return!)
    * @param _dst Destination address to perform the delegatecall
    * @param _calldata Calldata for the delegatecall
    */
    function delegatedFwd(address _dst, bytes _calldata) internal {
        require(isContract(_dst));
        uint256 fwdGasLimit = FWD_GAS_LIMIT;

        assembly {
            let result := delegatecall(sub(gas, fwdGasLimit), _dst, add(_calldata, 0x20), mload(_calldata), 0, 0)
            let size := returndatasize
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size)

            // revert instead of invalid() bc if the underlying call failed with invalid() it already wasted gas.
            // if the call returned error data, forward it
            switch result case 0 { revert(ptr, size) }
            default { return(ptr, size) }
        }
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/DepositableStorage.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;



contract DepositableStorage {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    // keccak256("aragonOS.depositableStorage.depositable")
    bytes32 internal constant DEPOSITABLE_POSITION = 0x665fd576fbbe6f247aff98f5c94a561e3f71ec2d3c988d56f12d342396c50cea;

    function isDepositable() public view returns (bool) {
        return DEPOSITABLE_POSITION.getStorageBool();
    }

    function setDepositable(bool _depositable) internal {
        DEPOSITABLE_POSITION.setStorageBool(_depositable);
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/DepositableDelegateProxy.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;




contract DepositableDelegateProxy is DepositableStorage, DelegateProxy {
    event ProxyDeposit(address sender, uint256 value);

    function () external payable {
        uint256 forwardGasThreshold = FWD_GAS_LIMIT;
        bytes32 isDepositablePosition = DEPOSITABLE_POSITION;

        // Optimized assembly implementation to prevent EIP-1884 from breaking deposits, reference code in Solidity:
        // https://github.com/aragon/aragonOS/blob/v4.2.1/contracts/common/DepositableDelegateProxy.sol#L10-L20
        assembly {
            // Continue only if the gas left is lower than the threshold for forwarding to the implementation code,
            // otherwise continue outside of the assembly block.
            if lt(gas, forwardGasThreshold) {
                // Only accept the deposit and emit an event if all of the following are true:
                // the proxy accepts deposits (isDepositable), msg.data.length == 0, and msg.value > 0
                if and(and(sload(isDepositablePosition), iszero(calldatasize)), gt(callvalue, 0)) {
                    // Equivalent Solidity code for emitting the event:
                    // emit ProxyDeposit(msg.sender, msg.value);

                    let logData := mload(0x40) // free memory pointer
                    mstore(logData, caller) // add 'msg.sender' to the log data (first event param)
                    mstore(add(logData, 0x20), callvalue) // add 'msg.value' to the log data (second event param)

                    // Emit an event with one topic to identify the event: keccak256('ProxyDeposit(address,uint256)') = 0x15ee...dee1
                    log1(logData, 0x40, 0x15eeaa57c7bd188c1388020bcadc2c436ec60d647d36ef5b9eb3c742217ddee1)

                    stop() // Stop. Exits execution context
                }

                // If any of above checks failed, revert the execution (if ETH was sent, it is returned to the sender)
                revert(0, 0)
            }
        }

        address target = implementation();
        delegatedFwd(target, msg.data);
    }
}

// File: contracts/kernel/KernelConstants.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract KernelAppIds {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID = apmNamehash("kernel");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID = apmNamehash("acl");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_VAULT_APP_ID = apmNamehash("vault");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID = 0x3b4bf6bf3ad5000ecf0f989d5befde585c6860fea3e574a4fab4c49d1c177d9c;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID = 0xe3262375f45a6e2026b7e7b18c2b807434f2508fe1a2a3dfb493c7df8f4aad6a;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_VAULT_APP_ID = 0x7e852e0fcfce6551c13800f1e7476f982525c2b5277ba14b24339c68416336d1;
}


contract KernelNamespaceConstants {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE = keccak256("core");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE = keccak256("base");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE = keccak256("app");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE = 0xc681a85306374a5ab27f0bbc385296a54bcd314a1948b6cf61c4ea1bc44bb9f8;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE = 0xf1f3eb40f5bc1ad1344716ced8b8a0431d840b5783aea1fd01786bc26f35ac0f;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE = 0xd6f028ca0e8edb4a8c9757ca4fdccab25fa1e0317da1188108f7d2dee14902fb;
}

// File: contracts/apps/AppProxyBase.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;






contract AppProxyBase is AppStorage, DepositableDelegateProxy, KernelNamespaceConstants {
    /**
    * @dev Initialize AppProxy
    * @param _kernel Reference to organization kernel for the app
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _initializePayload Payload for call to be made after setup to initialize
    */
    constructor(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId, bytes _initializePayload) public {
        setKernel(_kernel);
        setAppId(_appId);

        // Implicit check that kernel is actually a Kernel
        // The EVM doesn't actually provide a way for us to make sure, but we can force a revert to
        // occur if the kernel is set to 0x0 or a non-code address when we try to call a method on
        // it.
        address appCode = getAppBase(_appId);

        // If initialize payload is provided, it will be executed
        if (_initializePayload.length > 0) {
            require(isContract(appCode));
            // Cannot make delegatecall as a delegateproxy.delegatedFwd as it
            // returns ending execution context and halts contract deployment
            require(appCode.delegatecall(_initializePayload));
        }
    }

    function getAppBase(bytes32 _appId) internal view returns (address) {
        return kernel().getApp(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, _appId);
    }
}

// File: contracts/apps/AppProxyUpgradeable.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;



contract AppProxyUpgradeable is AppProxyBase {
    /**
    * @dev Initialize AppProxyUpgradeable (makes it an upgradeable Aragon app)
    * @param _kernel Reference to organization kernel for the app
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _initializePayload Payload for call to be made after setup to initialize
    */
    constructor(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId, bytes _initializePayload)
        AppProxyBase(_kernel, _appId, _initializePayload)
        public // solium-disable-line visibility-first
    {
        // solium-disable-previous-line no-empty-blocks
    }

    /**
     * @dev ERC897, the address the proxy would delegate calls to
     */
    function implementation() public view returns (address) {
        return getAppBase(appId());
    }

    /**
     * @dev ERC897, whether it is a forwarding (1) or an upgradeable (2) proxy
     */
    function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
        return UPGRADEABLE;
    }
}

/**
 *Submitted for verification at Etherscan.io on 2020-02-06
*/

// File: contracts/acl/IACL.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IACL {
    function initialize(address permissionsCreator) external;

    // TODO: this should be external
    // See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4832
    function hasPermission(address who, address where, bytes32 what, bytes how) public view returns (bool);
}

// File: contracts/common/IVaultRecoverable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IVaultRecoverable {
    event RecoverToVault(address indexed vault, address indexed token, uint256 amount);

    function transferToVault(address token) external;

    function allowRecoverability(address token) external view returns (bool);
    function getRecoveryVault() external view returns (address);
}

// File: contracts/kernel/IKernel.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




interface IKernelEvents {
    event SetApp(bytes32 indexed namespace, bytes32 indexed appId, address app);
}


// This should be an interface, but interfaces can't inherit yet :(
contract IKernel is IKernelEvents, IVaultRecoverable {
    function acl() public view returns (IACL);
    function hasPermission(address who, address where, bytes32 what, bytes how) public view returns (bool);

    function setApp(bytes32 namespace, bytes32 appId, address app) public;
    function getApp(bytes32 namespace, bytes32 appId) public view returns (address);
}

// File: contracts/kernel/KernelConstants.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract KernelAppIds {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID = apmNamehash("kernel");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID = apmNamehash("acl");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_VAULT_APP_ID = apmNamehash("vault");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID = 0x3b4bf6bf3ad5000ecf0f989d5befde585c6860fea3e574a4fab4c49d1c177d9c;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID = 0xe3262375f45a6e2026b7e7b18c2b807434f2508fe1a2a3dfb493c7df8f4aad6a;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_VAULT_APP_ID = 0x7e852e0fcfce6551c13800f1e7476f982525c2b5277ba14b24339c68416336d1;
}


contract KernelNamespaceConstants {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE = keccak256("core");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE = keccak256("base");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE = keccak256("app");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE = 0xc681a85306374a5ab27f0bbc385296a54bcd314a1948b6cf61c4ea1bc44bb9f8;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE = 0xf1f3eb40f5bc1ad1344716ced8b8a0431d840b5783aea1fd01786bc26f35ac0f;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE = 0xd6f028ca0e8edb4a8c9757ca4fdccab25fa1e0317da1188108f7d2dee14902fb;
}

// File: contracts/kernel/KernelStorage.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;


contract KernelStorage {
    // namespace => app id => address
    mapping (bytes32 => mapping (bytes32 => address)) public apps;
    bytes32 public recoveryVaultAppId;
}

// File: contracts/acl/ACLSyntaxSugar.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract ACLSyntaxSugar {
    function arr() internal pure returns (uint256[]) {
        return new uint256[](0);
    }

    function arr(bytes32 _a) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a));
    }

    function arr(bytes32 _a, bytes32 _b) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b));
    }

    function arr(address _a) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a));
    }

    function arr(address _a, address _b) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b));
    }

    function arr(address _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), _b, _c);
    }

    function arr(address _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c, uint256 _d) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), _b, _c, _d);
    }

    function arr(address _a, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b));
    }

    function arr(address _a, address _b, uint256 _c, uint256 _d, uint256 _e) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b), _c, _d, _e);
    }

    function arr(address _a, address _b, address _c) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b), uint256(_c));
    }

    function arr(address _a, address _b, uint256 _c) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b), uint256(_c));
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](1);
        r[0] = _a;
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](2);
        r[0] = _a;
        r[1] = _b;
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](3);
        r[0] = _a;
        r[1] = _b;
        r[2] = _c;
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c, uint256 _d) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](4);
        r[0] = _a;
        r[1] = _b;
        r[2] = _c;
        r[3] = _d;
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c, uint256 _d, uint256 _e) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](5);
        r[0] = _a;
        r[1] = _b;
        r[2] = _c;
        r[3] = _d;
        r[4] = _e;
    }
}


contract ACLHelpers {
    function decodeParamOp(uint256 _x) internal pure returns (uint8 b) {
        return uint8(_x >> (8 * 30));
    }

    function decodeParamId(uint256 _x) internal pure returns (uint8 b) {
        return uint8(_x >> (8 * 31));
    }

    function decodeParamsList(uint256 _x) internal pure returns (uint32 a, uint32 b, uint32 c) {
        a = uint32(_x);
        b = uint32(_x >> (8 * 4));
        c = uint32(_x >> (8 * 8));
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/ConversionHelpers.sol

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


library ConversionHelpers {
    string private constant ERROR_IMPROPER_LENGTH = "CONVERSION_IMPROPER_LENGTH";

    function dangerouslyCastUintArrayToBytes(uint256[] memory _input) internal pure returns (bytes memory output) {
        // Force cast the uint256[] into a bytes array, by overwriting its length
        // Note that the bytes array doesn't need to be initialized as we immediately overwrite it
        // with the input and a new length. The input becomes invalid from this point forward.
        uint256 byteLength = _input.length * 32;
        assembly {
            output := _input
            mstore(output, byteLength)
        }
    }

    function dangerouslyCastBytesToUintArray(bytes memory _input) internal pure returns (uint256[] memory output) {
        // Force cast the bytes array into a uint256[], by overwriting its length
        // Note that the uint256[] doesn't need to be initialized as we immediately overwrite it
        // with the input and a new length. The input becomes invalid from this point forward.
        uint256 intsLength = _input.length / 32;
        require(_input.length == intsLength * 32, ERROR_IMPROPER_LENGTH);

        assembly {
            output := _input
            mstore(output, intsLength)
        }
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/IsContract.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract IsContract {
    /*
    * NOTE: this should NEVER be used for authentication
    * (see pitfalls: https://github.com/fergarrui/ethereum-security/tree/master/contracts/extcodesize).
    *
    * This is only intended to be used as a sanity check that an address is actually a contract,
    * RATHER THAN an address not being a contract.
    */
    function isContract(address _target) internal view returns (bool) {
        if (_target == address(0)) {
            return false;
        }

        uint256 size;
        assembly { size := extcodesize(_target) }
        return size > 0;
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/Uint256Helpers.sol

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


library Uint256Helpers {
    uint256 private constant MAX_UINT64 = uint64(-1);

    string private constant ERROR_NUMBER_TOO_BIG = "UINT64_NUMBER_TOO_BIG";

    function toUint64(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint64) {
        require(a <= MAX_UINT64, ERROR_NUMBER_TOO_BIG);
        return uint64(a);
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/TimeHelpers.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract TimeHelpers {
    using Uint256Helpers for uint256;

    /**
    * @dev Returns the current block number.
    *      Using a function rather than `block.number` allows us to easily mock the block number in
    *      tests.
    */
    function getBlockNumber() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return block.number;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Returns the current block number, converted to uint64.
    *      Using a function rather than `block.number` allows us to easily mock the block number in
    *      tests.
    */
    function getBlockNumber64() internal view returns (uint64) {
        return getBlockNumber().toUint64();
    }

    /**
    * @dev Returns the current timestamp.
    *      Using a function rather than `block.timestamp` allows us to easily mock it in
    *      tests.
    */
    function getTimestamp() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return block.timestamp; // solium-disable-line security/no-block-members
    }

    /**
    * @dev Returns the current timestamp, converted to uint64.
    *      Using a function rather than `block.timestamp` allows us to easily mock it in
    *      tests.
    */
    function getTimestamp64() internal view returns (uint64) {
        return getTimestamp().toUint64();
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/UnstructuredStorage.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


library UnstructuredStorage {
    function getStorageBool(bytes32 position) internal view returns (bool data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageAddress(bytes32 position) internal view returns (address data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageBytes32(bytes32 position) internal view returns (bytes32 data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageUint256(bytes32 position) internal view returns (uint256 data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function setStorageBool(bytes32 position, bool data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageAddress(bytes32 position, address data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageBytes32(bytes32 position, bytes32 data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageUint256(bytes32 position, uint256 data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/Initializable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




contract Initializable is TimeHelpers {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    // keccak256("aragonOS.initializable.initializationBlock")
    bytes32 internal constant INITIALIZATION_BLOCK_POSITION = 0xebb05b386a8d34882b8711d156f463690983dc47815980fb82aeeff1aa43579e;

    string private constant ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED = "INIT_ALREADY_INITIALIZED";
    string private constant ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED = "INIT_NOT_INITIALIZED";

    modifier onlyInit {
        require(getInitializationBlock() == 0, ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED);
        _;
    }

    modifier isInitialized {
        require(hasInitialized(), ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @return Block number in which the contract was initialized
    */
    function getInitializationBlock() public view returns (uint256) {
        return INITIALIZATION_BLOCK_POSITION.getStorageUint256();
    }

    /**
    * @return Whether the contract has been initialized by the time of the current block
    */
    function hasInitialized() public view returns (bool) {
        uint256 initializationBlock = getInitializationBlock();
        return initializationBlock != 0 && getBlockNumber() >= initializationBlock;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function to be called by top level contract after initialization has finished.
    */
    function initialized() internal onlyInit {
        INITIALIZATION_BLOCK_POSITION.setStorageUint256(getBlockNumber());
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function to be called by top level contract after initialization to enable the contract
    *      at a future block number rather than immediately.
    */
    function initializedAt(uint256 _blockNumber) internal onlyInit {
        INITIALIZATION_BLOCK_POSITION.setStorageUint256(_blockNumber);
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/Petrifiable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract Petrifiable is Initializable {
    // Use block UINT256_MAX (which should be never) as the initializable date
    uint256 internal constant PETRIFIED_BLOCK = uint256(-1);

    function isPetrified() public view returns (bool) {
        return getInitializationBlock() == PETRIFIED_BLOCK;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function to be called by top level contract to prevent being initialized.
    *      Useful for freezing base contracts when they're used behind proxies.
    */
    function petrify() internal onlyInit {
        initializedAt(PETRIFIED_BLOCK);
    }
}

// File: contracts/lib/token/ERC20.sol

// See https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-solidity/blob/a9f910d34f0ab33a1ae5e714f69f9596a02b4d91/contracts/token/ERC20/ERC20.sol

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


/**
 * @title ERC20 interface
 * @dev see https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
 */
contract ERC20 {
    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256);

    function balanceOf(address _who) public view returns (uint256);

    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender)
        public view returns (uint256);

    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool);

    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value)
        public returns (bool);

    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value)
        public returns (bool);

    event Transfer(
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 value
    );

    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed spender,
        uint256 value
    );
}

// File: contracts/common/EtherTokenConstant.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


// aragonOS and aragon-apps rely on address(0) to denote native ETH, in
// contracts where both tokens and ETH are accepted
contract EtherTokenConstant {
    address internal constant ETH = address(0);
}

// File: contracts/common/SafeERC20.sol

// Inspired by AdEx (https://github.com/AdExNetwork/adex-protocol-eth/blob/b9df617829661a7518ee10f4cb6c4108659dd6d5/contracts/libs/SafeERC20.sol)
// and 0x (https://github.com/0xProject/0x-monorepo/blob/737d1dc54d72872e24abce5a1dbe1b66d35fa21a/contracts/protocol/contracts/protocol/AssetProxy/ERC20Proxy.sol#L143)

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



library SafeERC20 {
    // Before 0.5, solidity has a mismatch between `address.transfer()` and `token.transfer()`:
    // https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/3544
    bytes4 private constant TRANSFER_SELECTOR = 0xa9059cbb;

    string private constant ERROR_TOKEN_BALANCE_REVERTED = "SAFE_ERC_20_BALANCE_REVERTED";
    string private constant ERROR_TOKEN_ALLOWANCE_REVERTED = "SAFE_ERC_20_ALLOWANCE_REVERTED";

    function invokeAndCheckSuccess(address _addr, bytes memory _calldata)
        private
        returns (bool)
    {
        bool ret;
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)    // free memory pointer

            let success := call(
                gas,                  // forward all gas
                _addr,                // address
                0,                    // no value
                add(_calldata, 0x20), // calldata start
                mload(_calldata),     // calldata length
                ptr,                  // write output over free memory
                0x20                  // uint256 return
            )

            if gt(success, 0) {
                // Check number of bytes returned from last function call
                switch returndatasize

                // No bytes returned: assume success
                case 0 {
                    ret := 1
                }

                // 32 bytes returned: check if non-zero
                case 0x20 {
                    // Only return success if returned data was true
                    // Already have output in ptr
                    ret := eq(mload(ptr), 1)
                }

                // Not sure what was returned: don't mark as success
                default { }
            }
        }
        return ret;
    }

    function staticInvoke(address _addr, bytes memory _calldata)
        private
        view
        returns (bool, uint256)
    {
        bool success;
        uint256 ret;
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)    // free memory pointer

            success := staticcall(
                gas,                  // forward all gas
                _addr,                // address
                add(_calldata, 0x20), // calldata start
                mload(_calldata),     // calldata length
                ptr,                  // write output over free memory
                0x20                  // uint256 return
            )

            if gt(success, 0) {
                ret := mload(ptr)
            }
        }
        return (success, ret);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Same as a standards-compliant ERC20.transfer() that never reverts (returns false).
    *      Note that this makes an external call to the token.
    */
    function safeTransfer(ERC20 _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) internal returns (bool) {
        bytes memory transferCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            TRANSFER_SELECTOR,
            _to,
            _amount
        );
        return invokeAndCheckSuccess(_token, transferCallData);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Same as a standards-compliant ERC20.transferFrom() that never reverts (returns false).
    *      Note that this makes an external call to the token.
    */
    function safeTransferFrom(ERC20 _token, address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) internal returns (bool) {
        bytes memory transferFromCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            _token.transferFrom.selector,
            _from,
            _to,
            _amount
        );
        return invokeAndCheckSuccess(_token, transferFromCallData);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Same as a standards-compliant ERC20.approve() that never reverts (returns false).
    *      Note that this makes an external call to the token.
    */
    function safeApprove(ERC20 _token, address _spender, uint256 _amount) internal returns (bool) {
        bytes memory approveCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            _token.approve.selector,
            _spender,
            _amount
        );
        return invokeAndCheckSuccess(_token, approveCallData);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Static call into ERC20.balanceOf().
    * Reverts if the call fails for some reason (should never fail).
    */
    function staticBalanceOf(ERC20 _token, address _owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        bytes memory balanceOfCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            _token.balanceOf.selector,
            _owner
        );

        (bool success, uint256 tokenBalance) = staticInvoke(_token, balanceOfCallData);
        require(success, ERROR_TOKEN_BALANCE_REVERTED);

        return tokenBalance;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Static call into ERC20.allowance().
    * Reverts if the call fails for some reason (should never fail).
    */
    function staticAllowance(ERC20 _token, address _owner, address _spender) internal view returns (uint256) {
        bytes memory allowanceCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            _token.allowance.selector,
            _owner,
            _spender
        );

        (bool success, uint256 allowance) = staticInvoke(_token, allowanceCallData);
        require(success, ERROR_TOKEN_ALLOWANCE_REVERTED);

        return allowance;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Static call into ERC20.totalSupply().
    * Reverts if the call fails for some reason (should never fail).
    */
    function staticTotalSupply(ERC20 _token) internal view returns (uint256) {
        bytes memory totalSupplyCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(_token.totalSupply.selector);

        (bool success, uint256 totalSupply) = staticInvoke(_token, totalSupplyCallData);
        require(success, ERROR_TOKEN_ALLOWANCE_REVERTED);

        return totalSupply;
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/VaultRecoverable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;







contract VaultRecoverable is IVaultRecoverable, EtherTokenConstant, IsContract {
    using SafeERC20 for ERC20;

    string private constant ERROR_DISALLOWED = "RECOVER_DISALLOWED";
    string private constant ERROR_VAULT_NOT_CONTRACT = "RECOVER_VAULT_NOT_CONTRACT";
    string private constant ERROR_TOKEN_TRANSFER_FAILED = "RECOVER_TOKEN_TRANSFER_FAILED";

    /**
     * @notice Send funds to recovery Vault. This contract should never receive funds,
     *         but in case it does, this function allows one to recover them.
     * @param _token Token balance to be sent to recovery vault.
     */
    function transferToVault(address _token) external {
        require(allowRecoverability(_token), ERROR_DISALLOWED);
        address vault = getRecoveryVault();
        require(isContract(vault), ERROR_VAULT_NOT_CONTRACT);

        uint256 balance;
        if (_token == ETH) {
            balance = address(this).balance;
            vault.transfer(balance);
        } else {
            ERC20 token = ERC20(_token);
            balance = token.staticBalanceOf(this);
            require(token.safeTransfer(vault, balance), ERROR_TOKEN_TRANSFER_FAILED);
        }

        emit RecoverToVault(vault, _token, balance);
    }

    /**
    * @dev By default deriving from AragonApp makes it recoverable
    * @param token Token address that would be recovered
    * @return bool whether the app allows the recovery
    */
    function allowRecoverability(address token) public view returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }

    // Cast non-implemented interface to be public so we can use it internally
    function getRecoveryVault() public view returns (address);
}

// File: contracts/apps/AppStorage.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




contract AppStorage {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_POSITION = keccak256("aragonOS.appStorage.kernel");
    bytes32 internal constant APP_ID_POSITION = keccak256("aragonOS.appStorage.appId");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_POSITION = 0x4172f0f7d2289153072b0a6ca36959e0cbe2efc3afe50fc81636caa96338137b;
    bytes32 internal constant APP_ID_POSITION = 0xd625496217aa6a3453eecb9c3489dc5a53e6c67b444329ea2b2cbc9ff547639b;

    function kernel() public view returns (IKernel) {
        return IKernel(KERNEL_POSITION.getStorageAddress());
    }

    function appId() public view returns (bytes32) {
        return APP_ID_POSITION.getStorageBytes32();
    }

    function setKernel(IKernel _kernel) internal {
        KERNEL_POSITION.setStorageAddress(address(_kernel));
    }

    function setAppId(bytes32 _appId) internal {
        APP_ID_POSITION.setStorageBytes32(_appId);
    }
}

// File: contracts/lib/misc/ERCProxy.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract ERCProxy {
    uint256 internal constant FORWARDING = 1;
    uint256 internal constant UPGRADEABLE = 2;

    function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId);
    function implementation() public view returns (address codeAddr);
}

// File: contracts/common/DelegateProxy.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;




contract DelegateProxy is ERCProxy, IsContract {
    uint256 internal constant FWD_GAS_LIMIT = 10000;

    /**
    * @dev Performs a delegatecall and returns whatever the delegatecall returned (entire context execution will return!)
    * @param _dst Destination address to perform the delegatecall
    * @param _calldata Calldata for the delegatecall
    */
    function delegatedFwd(address _dst, bytes _calldata) internal {
        require(isContract(_dst));
        uint256 fwdGasLimit = FWD_GAS_LIMIT;

        assembly {
            let result := delegatecall(sub(gas, fwdGasLimit), _dst, add(_calldata, 0x20), mload(_calldata), 0, 0)
            let size := returndatasize
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size)

            // revert instead of invalid() bc if the underlying call failed with invalid() it already wasted gas.
            // if the call returned error data, forward it
            switch result case 0 { revert(ptr, size) }
            default { return(ptr, size) }
        }
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/DepositableStorage.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;



contract DepositableStorage {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    // keccak256("aragonOS.depositableStorage.depositable")
    bytes32 internal constant DEPOSITABLE_POSITION = 0x665fd576fbbe6f247aff98f5c94a561e3f71ec2d3c988d56f12d342396c50cea;

    function isDepositable() public view returns (bool) {
        return DEPOSITABLE_POSITION.getStorageBool();
    }

    function setDepositable(bool _depositable) internal {
        DEPOSITABLE_POSITION.setStorageBool(_depositable);
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/DepositableDelegateProxy.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;




contract DepositableDelegateProxy is DepositableStorage, DelegateProxy {
    event ProxyDeposit(address sender, uint256 value);

    function () external payable {
        uint256 forwardGasThreshold = FWD_GAS_LIMIT;
        bytes32 isDepositablePosition = DEPOSITABLE_POSITION;

        // Optimized assembly implementation to prevent EIP-1884 from breaking deposits, reference code in Solidity:
        // https://github.com/aragon/aragonOS/blob/v4.2.1/contracts/common/DepositableDelegateProxy.sol#L10-L20
        assembly {
            // Continue only if the gas left is lower than the threshold for forwarding to the implementation code,
            // otherwise continue outside of the assembly block.
            if lt(gas, forwardGasThreshold) {
                // Only accept the deposit and emit an event if all of the following are true:
                // the proxy accepts deposits (isDepositable), msg.data.length == 0, and msg.value > 0
                if and(and(sload(isDepositablePosition), iszero(calldatasize)), gt(callvalue, 0)) {
                    // Equivalent Solidity code for emitting the event:
                    // emit ProxyDeposit(msg.sender, msg.value);

                    let logData := mload(0x40) // free memory pointer
                    mstore(logData, caller) // add 'msg.sender' to the log data (first event param)
                    mstore(add(logData, 0x20), callvalue) // add 'msg.value' to the log data (second event param)

                    // Emit an event with one topic to identify the event: keccak256('ProxyDeposit(address,uint256)') = 0x15ee...dee1
                    log1(logData, 0x40, 0x15eeaa57c7bd188c1388020bcadc2c436ec60d647d36ef5b9eb3c742217ddee1)

                    stop() // Stop. Exits execution context
                }

                // If any of above checks failed, revert the execution (if ETH was sent, it is returned to the sender)
                revert(0, 0)
            }
        }

        address target = implementation();
        delegatedFwd(target, msg.data);
    }
}

// File: contracts/apps/AppProxyBase.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;






contract AppProxyBase is AppStorage, DepositableDelegateProxy, KernelNamespaceConstants {
    /**
    * @dev Initialize AppProxy
    * @param _kernel Reference to organization kernel for the app
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _initializePayload Payload for call to be made after setup to initialize
    */
    constructor(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId, bytes _initializePayload) public {
        setKernel(_kernel);
        setAppId(_appId);

        // Implicit check that kernel is actually a Kernel
        // The EVM doesn't actually provide a way for us to make sure, but we can force a revert to
        // occur if the kernel is set to 0x0 or a non-code address when we try to call a method on
        // it.
        address appCode = getAppBase(_appId);

        // If initialize payload is provided, it will be executed
        if (_initializePayload.length > 0) {
            require(isContract(appCode));
            // Cannot make delegatecall as a delegateproxy.delegatedFwd as it
            // returns ending execution context and halts contract deployment
            require(appCode.delegatecall(_initializePayload));
        }
    }

    function getAppBase(bytes32 _appId) internal view returns (address) {
        return kernel().getApp(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, _appId);
    }
}

// File: contracts/apps/AppProxyUpgradeable.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;



contract AppProxyUpgradeable is AppProxyBase {
    /**
    * @dev Initialize AppProxyUpgradeable (makes it an upgradeable Aragon app)
    * @param _kernel Reference to organization kernel for the app
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _initializePayload Payload for call to be made after setup to initialize
    */
    constructor(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId, bytes _initializePayload)
        AppProxyBase(_kernel, _appId, _initializePayload)
        public // solium-disable-line visibility-first
    {
        // solium-disable-previous-line no-empty-blocks
    }

    /**
     * @dev ERC897, the address the proxy would delegate calls to
     */
    function implementation() public view returns (address) {
        return getAppBase(appId());
    }

    /**
     * @dev ERC897, whether it is a forwarding (1) or an upgradeable (2) proxy
     */
    function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
        return UPGRADEABLE;
    }
}

// File: contracts/apps/AppProxyPinned.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;





contract AppProxyPinned is IsContract, AppProxyBase {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    // keccak256("aragonOS.appStorage.pinnedCode")
    bytes32 internal constant PINNED_CODE_POSITION = 0xdee64df20d65e53d7f51cb6ab6d921a0a6a638a91e942e1d8d02df28e31c038e;

    /**
    * @dev Initialize AppProxyPinned (makes it an un-upgradeable Aragon app)
    * @param _kernel Reference to organization kernel for the app
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _initializePayload Payload for call to be made after setup to initialize
    */
    constructor(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId, bytes _initializePayload)
        AppProxyBase(_kernel, _appId, _initializePayload)
        public // solium-disable-line visibility-first
    {
        setPinnedCode(getAppBase(_appId));
        require(isContract(pinnedCode()));
    }

    /**
     * @dev ERC897, the address the proxy would delegate calls to
     */
    function implementation() public view returns (address) {
        return pinnedCode();
    }

    /**
     * @dev ERC897, whether it is a forwarding (1) or an upgradeable (2) proxy
     */
    function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
        return FORWARDING;
    }

    function setPinnedCode(address _pinnedCode) internal {
        PINNED_CODE_POSITION.setStorageAddress(_pinnedCode);
    }

    function pinnedCode() internal view returns (address) {
        return PINNED_CODE_POSITION.getStorageAddress();
    }
}

// File: contracts/factory/AppProxyFactory.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;




contract AppProxyFactory {
    event NewAppProxy(address proxy, bool isUpgradeable, bytes32 appId);

    /**
    * @notice Create a new upgradeable app instance on `_kernel` with identifier `_appId`
    * @param _kernel App's Kernel reference
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @return AppProxyUpgradeable
    */
    function newAppProxy(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId) public returns (AppProxyUpgradeable) {
        return newAppProxy(_kernel, _appId, new bytes(0));
    }

    /**
    * @notice Create a new upgradeable app instance on `_kernel` with identifier `_appId` and initialization payload `_initializePayload`
    * @param _kernel App's Kernel reference
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @return AppProxyUpgradeable
    */
    function newAppProxy(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId, bytes _initializePayload) public returns (AppProxyUpgradeable) {
        AppProxyUpgradeable proxy = new AppProxyUpgradeable(_kernel, _appId, _initializePayload);
        emit NewAppProxy(address(proxy), true, _appId);
        return proxy;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Create a new pinned app instance on `_kernel` with identifier `_appId`
    * @param _kernel App's Kernel reference
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @return AppProxyPinned
    */
    function newAppProxyPinned(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId) public returns (AppProxyPinned) {
        return newAppProxyPinned(_kernel, _appId, new bytes(0));
    }

    /**
    * @notice Create a new pinned app instance on `_kernel` with identifier `_appId` and initialization payload `_initializePayload`
    * @param _kernel App's Kernel reference
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _initializePayload Proxy initialization payload
    * @return AppProxyPinned
    */
    function newAppProxyPinned(IKernel _kernel, bytes32 _appId, bytes _initializePayload) public returns (AppProxyPinned) {
        AppProxyPinned proxy = new AppProxyPinned(_kernel, _appId, _initializePayload);
        emit NewAppProxy(address(proxy), false, _appId);
        return proxy;
    }
}

// File: contracts/kernel/Kernel.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;













// solium-disable-next-line max-len
contract Kernel is IKernel, KernelStorage, KernelAppIds, KernelNamespaceConstants, Petrifiable, IsContract, VaultRecoverable, AppProxyFactory, ACLSyntaxSugar {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 public constant APP_MANAGER_ROLE = keccak256("APP_MANAGER_ROLE");
    */
    bytes32 public constant APP_MANAGER_ROLE = 0xb6d92708f3d4817afc106147d969e229ced5c46e65e0a5002a0d391287762bd0;

    string private constant ERROR_APP_NOT_CONTRACT = "KERNEL_APP_NOT_CONTRACT";
    string private constant ERROR_INVALID_APP_CHANGE = "KERNEL_INVALID_APP_CHANGE";
    string private constant ERROR_AUTH_FAILED = "KERNEL_AUTH_FAILED";

    /**
    * @dev Constructor that allows the deployer to choose if the base instance should be petrified immediately.
    * @param _shouldPetrify Immediately petrify this instance so that it can never be initialized
    */
    constructor(bool _shouldPetrify) public {
        if (_shouldPetrify) {
            petrify();
        }
    }

    /**
    * @dev Initialize can only be called once. It saves the block number in which it was initialized.
    * @notice Initialize this kernel instance along with its ACL and set `_permissionsCreator` as the entity that can create other permissions
    * @param _baseAcl Address of base ACL app
    * @param _permissionsCreator Entity that will be given permission over createPermission
    */
    function initialize(IACL _baseAcl, address _permissionsCreator) public onlyInit {
        initialized();

        // Set ACL base
        _setApp(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID, _baseAcl);

        // Create ACL instance and attach it as the default ACL app
        IACL acl = IACL(newAppProxy(this, KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID));
        acl.initialize(_permissionsCreator);
        _setApp(KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE, KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID, acl);

        recoveryVaultAppId = KERNEL_DEFAULT_VAULT_APP_ID;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Create a new instance of an app linked to this kernel
    * @notice Create a new upgradeable instance of `_appId` app linked to the Kernel, setting its code to `_appBase`
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _appBase Address of the app's base implementation
    * @return AppProxy instance
    */
    function newAppInstance(bytes32 _appId, address _appBase)
        public
        auth(APP_MANAGER_ROLE, arr(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, _appId))
        returns (ERCProxy appProxy)
    {
        return newAppInstance(_appId, _appBase, new bytes(0), false);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Create a new instance of an app linked to this kernel and set its base
    *      implementation if it was not already set
    * @notice Create a new upgradeable instance of `_appId` app linked to the Kernel, setting its code to `_appBase`. `_setDefault ? 'Also sets it as the default app instance.':''`
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _appBase Address of the app's base implementation
    * @param _initializePayload Payload for call made by the proxy during its construction to initialize
    * @param _setDefault Whether the app proxy app is the default one.
    *        Useful when the Kernel needs to know of an instance of a particular app,
    *        like Vault for escape hatch mechanism.
    * @return AppProxy instance
    */
    function newAppInstance(bytes32 _appId, address _appBase, bytes _initializePayload, bool _setDefault)
        public
        auth(APP_MANAGER_ROLE, arr(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, _appId))
        returns (ERCProxy appProxy)
    {
        _setAppIfNew(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, _appId, _appBase);
        appProxy = newAppProxy(this, _appId, _initializePayload);
        // By calling setApp directly and not the internal functions, we make sure the params are checked
        // and it will only succeed if sender has permissions to set something to the namespace.
        if (_setDefault) {
            setApp(KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE, _appId, appProxy);
        }
    }

    /**
    * @dev Create a new pinned instance of an app linked to this kernel
    * @notice Create a new non-upgradeable instance of `_appId` app linked to the Kernel, setting its code to `_appBase`.
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _appBase Address of the app's base implementation
    * @return AppProxy instance
    */
    function newPinnedAppInstance(bytes32 _appId, address _appBase)
        public
        auth(APP_MANAGER_ROLE, arr(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, _appId))
        returns (ERCProxy appProxy)
    {
        return newPinnedAppInstance(_appId, _appBase, new bytes(0), false);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Create a new pinned instance of an app linked to this kernel and set
    *      its base implementation if it was not already set
    * @notice Create a new non-upgradeable instance of `_appId` app linked to the Kernel, setting its code to `_appBase`. `_setDefault ? 'Also sets it as the default app instance.':''`
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _appBase Address of the app's base implementation
    * @param _initializePayload Payload for call made by the proxy during its construction to initialize
    * @param _setDefault Whether the app proxy app is the default one.
    *        Useful when the Kernel needs to know of an instance of a particular app,
    *        like Vault for escape hatch mechanism.
    * @return AppProxy instance
    */
    function newPinnedAppInstance(bytes32 _appId, address _appBase, bytes _initializePayload, bool _setDefault)
        public
        auth(APP_MANAGER_ROLE, arr(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, _appId))
        returns (ERCProxy appProxy)
    {
        _setAppIfNew(KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE, _appId, _appBase);
        appProxy = newAppProxyPinned(this, _appId, _initializePayload);
        // By calling setApp directly and not the internal functions, we make sure the params are checked
        // and it will only succeed if sender has permissions to set something to the namespace.
        if (_setDefault) {
            setApp(KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE, _appId, appProxy);
        }
    }

    /**
    * @dev Set the resolving address of an app instance or base implementation
    * @notice Set the resolving address of `_appId` in namespace `_namespace` to `_app`
    * @param _namespace App namespace to use
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @param _app Address of the app instance or base implementation
    * @return ID of app
    */
    function setApp(bytes32 _namespace, bytes32 _appId, address _app)
        public
        auth(APP_MANAGER_ROLE, arr(_namespace, _appId))
    {
        _setApp(_namespace, _appId, _app);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Set the default vault id for the escape hatch mechanism
    * @param _recoveryVaultAppId Identifier of the recovery vault app
    */
    function setRecoveryVaultAppId(bytes32 _recoveryVaultAppId)
        public
        auth(APP_MANAGER_ROLE, arr(KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE, _recoveryVaultAppId))
    {
        recoveryVaultAppId = _recoveryVaultAppId;
    }

    // External access to default app id and namespace constants to mimic default getters for constants
    /* solium-disable function-order, mixedcase */
    function CORE_NAMESPACE() external pure returns (bytes32) { return KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE; }
    function APP_BASES_NAMESPACE() external pure returns (bytes32) { return KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE; }
    function APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE() external pure returns (bytes32) { return KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE; }
    function KERNEL_APP_ID() external pure returns (bytes32) { return KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID; }
    function DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID() external pure returns (bytes32) { return KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID; }
    /* solium-enable function-order, mixedcase */

    /**
    * @dev Get the address of an app instance or base implementation
    * @param _namespace App namespace to use
    * @param _appId Identifier for app
    * @return Address of the app
    */
    function getApp(bytes32 _namespace, bytes32 _appId) public view returns (address) {
        return apps[_namespace][_appId];
    }

    /**
    * @dev Get the address of the recovery Vault instance (to recover funds)
    * @return Address of the Vault
    */
    function getRecoveryVault() public view returns (address) {
        return apps[KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE][recoveryVaultAppId];
    }

    /**
    * @dev Get the installed ACL app
    * @return ACL app
    */
    function acl() public view returns (IACL) {
        return IACL(getApp(KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE, KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID));
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function called by apps to check ACL on kernel or to check permission status
    * @param _who Sender of the original call
    * @param _where Address of the app
    * @param _what Identifier for a group of actions in app
    * @param _how Extra data for ACL auth
    * @return Boolean indicating whether the ACL allows the role or not.
    *         Always returns false if the kernel hasn't been initialized yet.
    */
    function hasPermission(address _who, address _where, bytes32 _what, bytes _how) public view returns (bool) {
        IACL defaultAcl = acl();
        return address(defaultAcl) != address(0) && // Poor man's initialization check (saves gas)
            defaultAcl.hasPermission(_who, _where, _what, _how);
    }

    function _setApp(bytes32 _namespace, bytes32 _appId, address _app) internal {
        require(isContract(_app), ERROR_APP_NOT_CONTRACT);
        apps[_namespace][_appId] = _app;
        emit SetApp(_namespace, _appId, _app);
    }

    function _setAppIfNew(bytes32 _namespace, bytes32 _appId, address _app) internal {
        address app = getApp(_namespace, _appId);
        if (app != address(0)) {
            // The only way to set an app is if it passes the isContract check, so no need to check it again
            require(app == _app, ERROR_INVALID_APP_CHANGE);
        } else {
            _setApp(_namespace, _appId, _app);
        }
    }

    modifier auth(bytes32 _role, uint256[] memory _params) {
        require(
            hasPermission(msg.sender, address(this), _role, ConversionHelpers.dangerouslyCastUintArrayToBytes(_params)),
            ERROR_AUTH_FAILED
        );
        _;
    }
}

// File: contracts/kernel/KernelProxy.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;







contract KernelProxy is IKernelEvents, KernelStorage, KernelAppIds, KernelNamespaceConstants, IsContract, DepositableDelegateProxy {
    /**
    * @dev KernelProxy is a proxy contract to a kernel implementation. The implementation
    *      can update the reference, which effectively upgrades the contract
    * @param _kernelImpl Address of the contract used as implementation for kernel
    */
    constructor(IKernel _kernelImpl) public {
        require(isContract(address(_kernelImpl)));
        apps[KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE][KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID] = _kernelImpl;

        // Note that emitting this event is important for verifying that a KernelProxy instance
        // was never upgraded to a malicious Kernel logic contract over its lifespan.
        // This starts the "chain of trust", that can be followed through later SetApp() events
        // emitted during kernel upgrades.
        emit SetApp(KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE, KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID, _kernelImpl);
    }

    /**
     * @dev ERC897, whether it is a forwarding (1) or an upgradeable (2) proxy
     */
    function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
        return UPGRADEABLE;
    }

    /**
    * @dev ERC897, the address the proxy would delegate calls to
    */
    function implementation() public view returns (address) {
        return apps[KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE][KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID];
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/Autopetrified.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract Autopetrified is Petrifiable {
    constructor() public {
        // Immediately petrify base (non-proxy) instances of inherited contracts on deploy.
        // This renders them uninitializable (and unusable without a proxy).
        petrify();
    }
}

// File: contracts/common/ReentrancyGuard.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract ReentrancyGuard {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION = keccak256("aragonOS.reentrancyGuard.mutex");
    */
    bytes32 private constant REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION = 0xe855346402235fdd185c890e68d2c4ecad599b88587635ee285bce2fda58dacb;

    string private constant ERROR_REENTRANT = "REENTRANCY_REENTRANT_CALL";

    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // Ensure mutex is unlocked
        require(!REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION.getStorageBool(), ERROR_REENTRANT);

        // Lock mutex before function call
        REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION.setStorageBool(true);

        // Perform function call
        _;

        // Unlock mutex after function call
        REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION.setStorageBool(false);
    }
}

// File: contracts/evmscript/IEVMScriptExecutor.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IEVMScriptExecutor {
    function execScript(bytes script, bytes input, address[] blacklist) external returns (bytes);
    function executorType() external pure returns (bytes32);
}

// File: contracts/evmscript/IEVMScriptRegistry.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract EVMScriptRegistryConstants {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant EVMSCRIPT_REGISTRY_APP_ID = apmNamehash("evmreg");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant EVMSCRIPT_REGISTRY_APP_ID = 0xddbcfd564f642ab5627cf68b9b7d374fb4f8a36e941a75d89c87998cef03bd61;
}


interface IEVMScriptRegistry {
    function addScriptExecutor(IEVMScriptExecutor executor) external returns (uint id);
    function disableScriptExecutor(uint256 executorId) external;

    // TODO: this should be external
    // See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4832
    function getScriptExecutor(bytes script) public view returns (IEVMScriptExecutor);
}

// File: contracts/evmscript/EVMScriptRunner.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;







contract EVMScriptRunner is AppStorage, Initializable, EVMScriptRegistryConstants, KernelNamespaceConstants {
    string private constant ERROR_EXECUTOR_UNAVAILABLE = "EVMRUN_EXECUTOR_UNAVAILABLE";
    string private constant ERROR_PROTECTED_STATE_MODIFIED = "EVMRUN_PROTECTED_STATE_MODIFIED";

    /* This is manually crafted in assembly
    string private constant ERROR_EXECUTOR_INVALID_RETURN = "EVMRUN_EXECUTOR_INVALID_RETURN";
    */

    event ScriptResult(address indexed executor, bytes script, bytes input, bytes returnData);

    function getEVMScriptExecutor(bytes _script) public view returns (IEVMScriptExecutor) {
        return IEVMScriptExecutor(getEVMScriptRegistry().getScriptExecutor(_script));
    }

    function getEVMScriptRegistry() public view returns (IEVMScriptRegistry) {
        address registryAddr = kernel().getApp(KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE, EVMSCRIPT_REGISTRY_APP_ID);
        return IEVMScriptRegistry(registryAddr);
    }

    function runScript(bytes _script, bytes _input, address[] _blacklist)
        internal
        isInitialized
        protectState
        returns (bytes)
    {
        IEVMScriptExecutor executor = getEVMScriptExecutor(_script);
        require(address(executor) != address(0), ERROR_EXECUTOR_UNAVAILABLE);

        bytes4 sig = executor.execScript.selector;
        bytes memory data = abi.encodeWithSelector(sig, _script, _input, _blacklist);

        bytes memory output;
        assembly {
            let success := delegatecall(
                gas,                // forward all gas
                executor,           // address
                add(data, 0x20),    // calldata start
                mload(data),        // calldata length
                0,                  // don't write output (we'll handle this ourselves)
                0                   // don't write output
            )

            output := mload(0x40) // free mem ptr get

            switch success
            case 0 {
                // If the call errored, forward its full error data
                returndatacopy(output, 0, returndatasize)
                revert(output, returndatasize)
            }
            default {
                switch gt(returndatasize, 0x3f)
                case 0 {
                    // Need at least 0x40 bytes returned for properly ABI-encoded bytes values,
                    // revert with "EVMRUN_EXECUTOR_INVALID_RETURN"
                    // See remix: doing a `revert("EVMRUN_EXECUTOR_INVALID_RETURN")` always results in
                    // this memory layout
                    mstore(output, 0x08c379a000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)         // error identifier
                    mstore(add(output, 0x04), 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020) // starting offset
                    mstore(add(output, 0x24), 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001e) // reason length
                    mstore(add(output, 0x44), 0x45564d52554e5f4558454355544f525f494e56414c49445f52455455524e0000) // reason

                    revert(output, 100) // 100 = 4 + 3 * 32 (error identifier + 3 words for the ABI encoded error)
                }
                default {
                    // Copy result
                    //
                    // Needs to perform an ABI decode for the expected `bytes` return type of
                    // `executor.execScript()` as solidity will automatically ABI encode the returned bytes as:
                    //    [ position of the first dynamic length return value = 0x20 (32 bytes) ]
                    //    [ output length (32 bytes) ]
                    //    [ output content (N bytes) ]
                    //
                    // Perform the ABI decode by ignoring the first 32 bytes of the return data
                    let copysize := sub(returndatasize, 0x20)
                    returndatacopy(output, 0x20, copysize)

                    mstore(0x40, add(output, copysize)) // free mem ptr set
                }
            }
        }

        emit ScriptResult(address(executor), _script, _input, output);

        return output;
    }

    modifier protectState {
        address preKernel = address(kernel());
        bytes32 preAppId = appId();
        _; // exec
        require(address(kernel()) == preKernel, ERROR_PROTECTED_STATE_MODIFIED);
        require(appId() == preAppId, ERROR_PROTECTED_STATE_MODIFIED);
    }
}

// File: contracts/apps/AragonApp.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;









// Contracts inheriting from AragonApp are, by default, immediately petrified upon deployment so
// that they can never be initialized.
// Unless overriden, this behaviour enforces those contracts to be usable only behind an AppProxy.
// ReentrancyGuard, EVMScriptRunner, and ACLSyntaxSugar are not directly used by this contract, but
// are included so that they are automatically usable by subclassing contracts
contract AragonApp is AppStorage, Autopetrified, VaultRecoverable, ReentrancyGuard, EVMScriptRunner, ACLSyntaxSugar {
    string private constant ERROR_AUTH_FAILED = "APP_AUTH_FAILED";

    modifier auth(bytes32 _role) {
        require(canPerform(msg.sender, _role, new uint256[](0)), ERROR_AUTH_FAILED);
        _;
    }

    modifier authP(bytes32 _role, uint256[] _params) {
        require(canPerform(msg.sender, _role, _params), ERROR_AUTH_FAILED);
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Check whether an action can be performed by a sender for a particular role on this app
    * @param _sender Sender of the call
    * @param _role Role on this app
    * @param _params Permission params for the role
    * @return Boolean indicating whether the sender has the permissions to perform the action.
    *         Always returns false if the app hasn't been initialized yet.
    */
    function canPerform(address _sender, bytes32 _role, uint256[] _params) public view returns (bool) {
        if (!hasInitialized()) {
            return false;
        }

        IKernel linkedKernel = kernel();
        if (address(linkedKernel) == address(0)) {
            return false;
        }

        return linkedKernel.hasPermission(
            _sender,
            address(this),
            _role,
            ConversionHelpers.dangerouslyCastUintArrayToBytes(_params)
        );
    }

    /**
    * @dev Get the recovery vault for the app
    * @return Recovery vault address for the app
    */
    function getRecoveryVault() public view returns (address) {
        // Funds recovery via a vault is only available when used with a kernel
        return kernel().getRecoveryVault(); // if kernel is not set, it will revert
    }
}

// File: contracts/acl/IACLOracle.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IACLOracle {
    function canPerform(address who, address where, bytes32 what, uint256[] how) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: contracts/acl/ACL.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;








/* solium-disable function-order */
// Allow public initialize() to be first
contract ACL is IACL, TimeHelpers, AragonApp, ACLHelpers {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 public constant CREATE_PERMISSIONS_ROLE = keccak256("CREATE_PERMISSIONS_ROLE");
    */
    bytes32 public constant CREATE_PERMISSIONS_ROLE = 0x0b719b33c83b8e5d300c521cb8b54ae9bd933996a14bef8c2f4e0285d2d2400a;

    enum Op { NONE, EQ, NEQ, GT, LT, GTE, LTE, RET, NOT, AND, OR, XOR, IF_ELSE } // op types

    struct Param {
        uint8 id;
        uint8 op;
        uint240 value; // even though value is an uint240 it can store addresses
        // in the case of 32 byte hashes losing 2 bytes precision isn't a huge deal
        // op and id take less than 1 byte each so it can be kept in 1 sstore
    }

    uint8 internal constant BLOCK_NUMBER_PARAM_ID = 200;
    uint8 internal constant TIMESTAMP_PARAM_ID    = 201;
    // 202 is unused
    uint8 internal constant ORACLE_PARAM_ID       = 203;
    uint8 internal constant LOGIC_OP_PARAM_ID     = 204;
    uint8 internal constant PARAM_VALUE_PARAM_ID  = 205;
    // TODO: Add execution times param type?

    /* Hardcoded constant to save gas
    bytes32 public constant EMPTY_PARAM_HASH = keccak256(uint256(0));
    */
    bytes32 public constant EMPTY_PARAM_HASH = 0x290decd9548b62a8d60345a988386fc84ba6bc95484008f6362f93160ef3e563;
    bytes32 public constant NO_PERMISSION = bytes32(0);
    address public constant ANY_ENTITY = address(-1);
    address public constant BURN_ENTITY = address(1); // address(0) is already used as "no permission manager"

    string private constant ERROR_AUTH_INIT_KERNEL = "ACL_AUTH_INIT_KERNEL";
    string private constant ERROR_AUTH_NO_MANAGER = "ACL_AUTH_NO_MANAGER";
    string private constant ERROR_EXISTENT_MANAGER = "ACL_EXISTENT_MANAGER";

    // Whether someone has a permission
    mapping (bytes32 => bytes32) internal permissions; // permissions hash => params hash
    mapping (bytes32 => Param[]) internal permissionParams; // params hash => params

    // Who is the manager of a permission
    mapping (bytes32 => address) internal permissionManager;

    event SetPermission(address indexed entity, address indexed app, bytes32 indexed role, bool allowed);
    event SetPermissionParams(address indexed entity, address indexed app, bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 paramsHash);
    event ChangePermissionManager(address indexed app, bytes32 indexed role, address indexed manager);

    modifier onlyPermissionManager(address _app, bytes32 _role) {
        require(msg.sender == getPermissionManager(_app, _role), ERROR_AUTH_NO_MANAGER);
        _;
    }

    modifier noPermissionManager(address _app, bytes32 _role) {
        // only allow permission creation (or re-creation) when there is no manager
        require(getPermissionManager(_app, _role) == address(0), ERROR_EXISTENT_MANAGER);
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Initialize can only be called once. It saves the block number in which it was initialized.
    * @notice Initialize an ACL instance and set `_permissionsCreator` as the entity that can create other permissions
    * @param _permissionsCreator Entity that will be given permission over createPermission
    */
    function initialize(address _permissionsCreator) public onlyInit {
        initialized();
        require(msg.sender == address(kernel()), ERROR_AUTH_INIT_KERNEL);

        _createPermission(_permissionsCreator, this, CREATE_PERMISSIONS_ROLE, _permissionsCreator);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Creates a permission that wasn't previously set and managed.
    *      If a created permission is removed it is possible to reset it with createPermission.
    *      This is the **ONLY** way to create permissions and set managers to permissions that don't
    *      have a manager.
    *      In terms of the ACL being initialized, this function implicitly protects all the other
    *      state-changing external functions, as they all require the sender to be a manager.
    * @notice Create a new permission granting `_entity` the ability to perform actions requiring `_role` on `_app`, setting `_manager` as the permission's manager
    * @param _entity Address of the whitelisted entity that will be able to perform the role
    * @param _app Address of the app in which the role will be allowed (requires app to depend on kernel for ACL)
    * @param _role Identifier for the group of actions in app given access to perform
    * @param _manager Address of the entity that will be able to grant and revoke the permission further.
    */
    function createPermission(address _entity, address _app, bytes32 _role, address _manager)
        external
        auth(CREATE_PERMISSIONS_ROLE)
        noPermissionManager(_app, _role)
    {
        _createPermission(_entity, _app, _role, _manager);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Grants permission if allowed. This requires `msg.sender` to be the permission manager
    * @notice Grant `_entity` the ability to perform actions requiring `_role` on `_app`
    * @param _entity Address of the whitelisted entity that will be able to perform the role
    * @param _app Address of the app in which the role will be allowed (requires app to depend on kernel for ACL)
    * @param _role Identifier for the group of actions in app given access to perform
    */
    function grantPermission(address _entity, address _app, bytes32 _role)
        external
    {
        grantPermissionP(_entity, _app, _role, new uint256[](0));
    }

    /**
    * @dev Grants a permission with parameters if allowed. This requires `msg.sender` to be the permission manager
    * @notice Grant `_entity` the ability to perform actions requiring `_role` on `_app`
    * @param _entity Address of the whitelisted entity that will be able to perform the role
    * @param _app Address of the app in which the role will be allowed (requires app to depend on kernel for ACL)
    * @param _role Identifier for the group of actions in app given access to perform
    * @param _params Permission parameters
    */
    function grantPermissionP(address _entity, address _app, bytes32 _role, uint256[] _params)
        public
        onlyPermissionManager(_app, _role)
    {
        bytes32 paramsHash = _params.length > 0 ? _saveParams(_params) : EMPTY_PARAM_HASH;
        _setPermission(_entity, _app, _role, paramsHash);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Revokes permission if allowed. This requires `msg.sender` to be the the permission manager
    * @notice Revoke from `_entity` the ability to perform actions requiring `_role` on `_app`
    * @param _entity Address of the whitelisted entity to revoke access from
    * @param _app Address of the app in which the role will be revoked
    * @param _role Identifier for the group of actions in app being revoked
    */
    function revokePermission(address _entity, address _app, bytes32 _role)
        external
        onlyPermissionManager(_app, _role)
    {
        _setPermission(_entity, _app, _role, NO_PERMISSION);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Set `_newManager` as the manager of `_role` in `_app`
    * @param _newManager Address for the new manager
    * @param _app Address of the app in which the permission management is being transferred
    * @param _role Identifier for the group of actions being transferred
    */
    function setPermissionManager(address _newManager, address _app, bytes32 _role)
        external
        onlyPermissionManager(_app, _role)
    {
        _setPermissionManager(_newManager, _app, _role);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Remove the manager of `_role` in `_app`
    * @param _app Address of the app in which the permission is being unmanaged
    * @param _role Identifier for the group of actions being unmanaged
    */
    function removePermissionManager(address _app, bytes32 _role)
        external
        onlyPermissionManager(_app, _role)
    {
        _setPermissionManager(address(0), _app, _role);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Burn non-existent `_role` in `_app`, so no modification can be made to it (grant, revoke, permission manager)
    * @param _app Address of the app in which the permission is being burned
    * @param _role Identifier for the group of actions being burned
    */
    function createBurnedPermission(address _app, bytes32 _role)
        external
        auth(CREATE_PERMISSIONS_ROLE)
        noPermissionManager(_app, _role)
    {
        _setPermissionManager(BURN_ENTITY, _app, _role);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Burn `_role` in `_app`, so no modification can be made to it (grant, revoke, permission manager)
    * @param _app Address of the app in which the permission is being burned
    * @param _role Identifier for the group of actions being burned
    */
    function burnPermissionManager(address _app, bytes32 _role)
        external
        onlyPermissionManager(_app, _role)
    {
        _setPermissionManager(BURN_ENTITY, _app, _role);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Get parameters for permission array length
     * @param _entity Address of the whitelisted entity that will be able to perform the role
     * @param _app Address of the app
     * @param _role Identifier for a group of actions in app
     * @return Length of the array
     */
    function getPermissionParamsLength(address _entity, address _app, bytes32 _role) external view returns (uint) {
        return permissionParams[permissions[permissionHash(_entity, _app, _role)]].length;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Get parameter for permission
    * @param _entity Address of the whitelisted entity that will be able to perform the role
    * @param _app Address of the app
    * @param _role Identifier for a group of actions in app
    * @param _index Index of parameter in the array
    * @return Parameter (id, op, value)
    */
    function getPermissionParam(address _entity, address _app, bytes32 _role, uint _index)
        external
        view
        returns (uint8, uint8, uint240)
    {
        Param storage param = permissionParams[permissions[permissionHash(_entity, _app, _role)]][_index];
        return (param.id, param.op, param.value);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Get manager for permission
    * @param _app Address of the app
    * @param _role Identifier for a group of actions in app
    * @return address of the manager for the permission
    */
    function getPermissionManager(address _app, bytes32 _role) public view returns (address) {
        return permissionManager[roleHash(_app, _role)];
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function called by apps to check ACL on kernel or to check permission statu
    * @param _who Sender of the original call
    * @param _where Address of the app
    * @param _where Identifier for a group of actions in app
    * @param _how Permission parameters
    * @return boolean indicating whether the ACL allows the role or not
    */
    function hasPermission(address _who, address _where, bytes32 _what, bytes memory _how) public view returns (bool) {
        return hasPermission(_who, _where, _what, ConversionHelpers.dangerouslyCastBytesToUintArray(_how));
    }

    function hasPermission(address _who, address _where, bytes32 _what, uint256[] memory _how) public view returns (bool) {
        bytes32 whoParams = permissions[permissionHash(_who, _where, _what)];
        if (whoParams != NO_PERMISSION && evalParams(whoParams, _who, _where, _what, _how)) {
            return true;
        }

        bytes32 anyParams = permissions[permissionHash(ANY_ENTITY, _where, _what)];
        if (anyParams != NO_PERMISSION && evalParams(anyParams, ANY_ENTITY, _where, _what, _how)) {
            return true;
        }

        return false;
    }

    function hasPermission(address _who, address _where, bytes32 _what) public view returns (bool) {
        uint256[] memory empty = new uint256[](0);
        return hasPermission(_who, _where, _what, empty);
    }

    function evalParams(
        bytes32 _paramsHash,
        address _who,
        address _where,
        bytes32 _what,
        uint256[] _how
    ) public view returns (bool)
    {
        if (_paramsHash == EMPTY_PARAM_HASH) {
            return true;
        }

        return _evalParam(_paramsHash, 0, _who, _where, _what, _how);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Internal createPermission for access inside the kernel (on instantiation)
    */
    function _createPermission(address _entity, address _app, bytes32 _role, address _manager) internal {
        _setPermission(_entity, _app, _role, EMPTY_PARAM_HASH);
        _setPermissionManager(_manager, _app, _role);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Internal function called to actually save the permission
    */
    function _setPermission(address _entity, address _app, bytes32 _role, bytes32 _paramsHash) internal {
        permissions[permissionHash(_entity, _app, _role)] = _paramsHash;
        bool entityHasPermission = _paramsHash != NO_PERMISSION;
        bool permissionHasParams = entityHasPermission && _paramsHash != EMPTY_PARAM_HASH;

        emit SetPermission(_entity, _app, _role, entityHasPermission);
        if (permissionHasParams) {
            emit SetPermissionParams(_entity, _app, _role, _paramsHash);
        }
    }

    function _saveParams(uint256[] _encodedParams) internal returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 paramHash = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_encodedParams));
        Param[] storage params = permissionParams[paramHash];

        if (params.length == 0) { // params not saved before
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _encodedParams.length; i++) {
                uint256 encodedParam = _encodedParams[i];
                Param memory param = Param(decodeParamId(encodedParam), decodeParamOp(encodedParam), uint240(encodedParam));
                params.push(param);
            }
        }

        return paramHash;
    }

    function _evalParam(
        bytes32 _paramsHash,
        uint32 _paramId,
        address _who,
        address _where,
        bytes32 _what,
        uint256[] _how
    ) internal view returns (bool)
    {
        if (_paramId >= permissionParams[_paramsHash].length) {
            return false; // out of bounds
        }

        Param memory param = permissionParams[_paramsHash][_paramId];

        if (param.id == LOGIC_OP_PARAM_ID) {
            return _evalLogic(param, _paramsHash, _who, _where, _what, _how);
        }

        uint256 value;
        uint256 comparedTo = uint256(param.value);

        // get value
        if (param.id == ORACLE_PARAM_ID) {
            value = checkOracle(IACLOracle(param.value), _who, _where, _what, _how) ? 1 : 0;
            comparedTo = 1;
        } else if (param.id == BLOCK_NUMBER_PARAM_ID) {
            value = getBlockNumber();
        } else if (param.id == TIMESTAMP_PARAM_ID) {
            value = getTimestamp();
        } else if (param.id == PARAM_VALUE_PARAM_ID) {
            value = uint256(param.value);
        } else {
            if (param.id >= _how.length) {
                return false;
            }
            value = uint256(uint240(_how[param.id])); // force lost precision
        }

        if (Op(param.op) == Op.RET) {
            return uint256(value) > 0;
        }

        return compare(value, Op(param.op), comparedTo);
    }

    function _evalLogic(Param _param, bytes32 _paramsHash, address _who, address _where, bytes32 _what, uint256[] _how)
        internal
        view
        returns (bool)
    {
        if (Op(_param.op) == Op.IF_ELSE) {
            uint32 conditionParam;
            uint32 successParam;
            uint32 failureParam;

            (conditionParam, successParam, failureParam) = decodeParamsList(uint256(_param.value));
            bool result = _evalParam(_paramsHash, conditionParam, _who, _where, _what, _how);

            return _evalParam(_paramsHash, result ? successParam : failureParam, _who, _where, _what, _how);
        }

        uint32 param1;
        uint32 param2;

        (param1, param2,) = decodeParamsList(uint256(_param.value));
        bool r1 = _evalParam(_paramsHash, param1, _who, _where, _what, _how);

        if (Op(_param.op) == Op.NOT) {
            return !r1;
        }

        if (r1 && Op(_param.op) == Op.OR) {
            return true;
        }

        if (!r1 && Op(_param.op) == Op.AND) {
            return false;
        }

        bool r2 = _evalParam(_paramsHash, param2, _who, _where, _what, _how);

        if (Op(_param.op) == Op.XOR) {
            return r1 != r2;
        }

        return r2; // both or and and depend on result of r2 after checks
    }

    function compare(uint256 _a, Op _op, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (bool) {
        if (_op == Op.EQ)  return _a == _b;                              // solium-disable-line lbrace
        if (_op == Op.NEQ) return _a != _b;                              // solium-disable-line lbrace
        if (_op == Op.GT)  return _a > _b;                               // solium-disable-line lbrace
        if (_op == Op.LT)  return _a < _b;                               // solium-disable-line lbrace
        if (_op == Op.GTE) return _a >= _b;                              // solium-disable-line lbrace
        if (_op == Op.LTE) return _a <= _b;                              // solium-disable-line lbrace
        return false;
    }

    function checkOracle(IACLOracle _oracleAddr, address _who, address _where, bytes32 _what, uint256[] _how) internal view returns (bool) {
        bytes4 sig = _oracleAddr.canPerform.selector;

        // a raw call is required so we can return false if the call reverts, rather than reverting
        bytes memory checkCalldata = abi.encodeWithSelector(sig, _who, _where, _what, _how);

        bool ok;
        assembly {
            // send all available gas; if the oracle eats up all the gas, we will eventually revert
            // note that we are currently guaranteed to still have some gas after the call from
            // EIP-150's 63/64 gas forward rule
            ok := staticcall(gas, _oracleAddr, add(checkCalldata, 0x20), mload(checkCalldata), 0, 0)
        }

        if (!ok) {
            return false;
        }

        uint256 size;
        assembly { size := returndatasize }
        if (size != 32) {
            return false;
        }

        bool result;
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)       // get next free memory ptr
            returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size) // copy return from above `staticcall`
            result := mload(ptr)         // read data at ptr and set it to result
            mstore(ptr, 0)               // set pointer memory to 0 so it still is the next free ptr
        }

        return result;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Internal function that sets management
    */
    function _setPermissionManager(address _newManager, address _app, bytes32 _role) internal {
        permissionManager[roleHash(_app, _role)] = _newManager;
        emit ChangePermissionManager(_app, _role, _newManager);
    }

    function roleHash(address _where, bytes32 _what) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("ROLE", _where, _what));
    }

    function permissionHash(address _who, address _where, bytes32 _what) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("PERMISSION", _who, _where, _what));
    }
}

// File: contracts/evmscript/ScriptHelpers.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


library ScriptHelpers {
    function getSpecId(bytes _script) internal pure returns (uint32) {
        return uint32At(_script, 0);
    }

    function uint256At(bytes _data, uint256 _location) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            result := mload(add(_data, add(0x20, _location)))
        }
    }

    function addressAt(bytes _data, uint256 _location) internal pure returns (address result) {
        uint256 word = uint256At(_data, _location);

        assembly {
            result := div(and(word, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff000000000000000000000000),
            0x1000000000000000000000000)
        }
    }

    function uint32At(bytes _data, uint256 _location) internal pure returns (uint32 result) {
        uint256 word = uint256At(_data, _location);

        assembly {
            result := div(and(word, 0xffffffff00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000),
            0x100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)
        }
    }

    function locationOf(bytes _data, uint256 _location) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            result := add(_data, add(0x20, _location))
        }
    }

    function toBytes(bytes4 _sig) internal pure returns (bytes) {
        bytes memory payload = new bytes(4);
        assembly { mstore(add(payload, 0x20), _sig) }
        return payload;
    }
}

// File: contracts/evmscript/EVMScriptRegistry.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;






/* solium-disable function-order */
// Allow public initialize() to be first
contract EVMScriptRegistry is IEVMScriptRegistry, EVMScriptRegistryConstants, AragonApp {
    using ScriptHelpers for bytes;

    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 public constant REGISTRY_ADD_EXECUTOR_ROLE = keccak256("REGISTRY_ADD_EXECUTOR_ROLE");
    bytes32 public constant REGISTRY_MANAGER_ROLE = keccak256("REGISTRY_MANAGER_ROLE");
    */
    bytes32 public constant REGISTRY_ADD_EXECUTOR_ROLE = 0xc4e90f38eea8c4212a009ca7b8947943ba4d4a58d19b683417f65291d1cd9ed2;
    // WARN: Manager can censor all votes and the like happening in an org
    bytes32 public constant REGISTRY_MANAGER_ROLE = 0xf7a450ef335e1892cb42c8ca72e7242359d7711924b75db5717410da3f614aa3;

    uint256 internal constant SCRIPT_START_LOCATION = 4;

    string private constant ERROR_INEXISTENT_EXECUTOR = "EVMREG_INEXISTENT_EXECUTOR";
    string private constant ERROR_EXECUTOR_ENABLED = "EVMREG_EXECUTOR_ENABLED";
    string private constant ERROR_EXECUTOR_DISABLED = "EVMREG_EXECUTOR_DISABLED";
    string private constant ERROR_SCRIPT_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT = "EVMREG_SCRIPT_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT";

    struct ExecutorEntry {
        IEVMScriptExecutor executor;
        bool enabled;
    }

    uint256 private executorsNextIndex;
    mapping (uint256 => ExecutorEntry) public executors;

    event EnableExecutor(uint256 indexed executorId, address indexed executorAddress);
    event DisableExecutor(uint256 indexed executorId, address indexed executorAddress);

    modifier executorExists(uint256 _executorId) {
        require(_executorId > 0 && _executorId < executorsNextIndex, ERROR_INEXISTENT_EXECUTOR);
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Initialize the registry
    */
    function initialize() public onlyInit {
        initialized();
        // Create empty record to begin executor IDs at 1
        executorsNextIndex = 1;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Add a new script executor with address `_executor` to the registry
    * @param _executor Address of the IEVMScriptExecutor that will be added to the registry
    * @return id Identifier of the executor in the registry
    */
    function addScriptExecutor(IEVMScriptExecutor _executor) external auth(REGISTRY_ADD_EXECUTOR_ROLE) returns (uint256 id) {
        uint256 executorId = executorsNextIndex++;
        executors[executorId] = ExecutorEntry(_executor, true);
        emit EnableExecutor(executorId, _executor);
        return executorId;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Disable script executor with ID `_executorId`
    * @param _executorId Identifier of the executor in the registry
    */
    function disableScriptExecutor(uint256 _executorId)
        external
        authP(REGISTRY_MANAGER_ROLE, arr(_executorId))
    {
        // Note that we don't need to check for an executor's existence in this case, as only
        // existing executors can be enabled
        ExecutorEntry storage executorEntry = executors[_executorId];
        require(executorEntry.enabled, ERROR_EXECUTOR_DISABLED);
        executorEntry.enabled = false;
        emit DisableExecutor(_executorId, executorEntry.executor);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Enable script executor with ID `_executorId`
    * @param _executorId Identifier of the executor in the registry
    */
    function enableScriptExecutor(uint256 _executorId)
        external
        authP(REGISTRY_MANAGER_ROLE, arr(_executorId))
        executorExists(_executorId)
    {
        ExecutorEntry storage executorEntry = executors[_executorId];
        require(!executorEntry.enabled, ERROR_EXECUTOR_ENABLED);
        executorEntry.enabled = true;
        emit EnableExecutor(_executorId, executorEntry.executor);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Get the script executor that can execute a particular script based on its first 4 bytes
    * @param _script EVMScript being inspected
    */
    function getScriptExecutor(bytes _script) public view returns (IEVMScriptExecutor) {
        require(_script.length >= SCRIPT_START_LOCATION, ERROR_SCRIPT_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT);
        uint256 id = _script.getSpecId();

        // Note that we don't need to check for an executor's existence in this case, as only
        // existing executors can be enabled
        ExecutorEntry storage entry = executors[id];
        return entry.enabled ? entry.executor : IEVMScriptExecutor(0);
    }
}

// File: contracts/evmscript/executors/BaseEVMScriptExecutor.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identifier:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




contract BaseEVMScriptExecutor is IEVMScriptExecutor, Autopetrified {
    uint256 internal constant SCRIPT_START_LOCATION = 4;
}

// File: contracts/evmscript/executors/CallsScript.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;

// Inspired by https://github.com/reverendus/tx-manager




contract CallsScript is BaseEVMScriptExecutor {
    using ScriptHelpers for bytes;

    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant EXECUTOR_TYPE = keccak256("CALLS_SCRIPT");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant EXECUTOR_TYPE = 0x2dc858a00f3e417be1394b87c07158e989ec681ce8cc68a9093680ac1a870302;

    string private constant ERROR_BLACKLISTED_CALL = "EVMCALLS_BLACKLISTED_CALL";
    string private constant ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH = "EVMCALLS_INVALID_LENGTH";

    /* This is manually crafted in assembly
    string private constant ERROR_CALL_REVERTED = "EVMCALLS_CALL_REVERTED";
    */

    event LogScriptCall(address indexed sender, address indexed src, address indexed dst);

    /**
    * @notice Executes a number of call scripts
    * @param _script [ specId (uint32) ] many calls with this structure ->
    *    [ to (address: 20 bytes) ] [ calldataLength (uint32: 4 bytes) ] [ calldata (calldataLength bytes) ]
    * @param _blacklist Addresses the script cannot call to, or will revert.
    * @return Always returns empty byte array
    */
    function execScript(bytes _script, bytes, address[] _blacklist) external isInitialized returns (bytes) {
        uint256 location = SCRIPT_START_LOCATION; // first 32 bits are spec id
        while (location < _script.length) {
            // Check there's at least address + calldataLength available
            require(_script.length - location >= 0x18, ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH);

            address contractAddress = _script.addressAt(location);
            // Check address being called is not blacklist
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < _blacklist.length; i++) {
                require(contractAddress != _blacklist[i], ERROR_BLACKLISTED_CALL);
            }

            // logged before execution to ensure event ordering in receipt
            // if failed entire execution is reverted regardless
            emit LogScriptCall(msg.sender, address(this), contractAddress);

            uint256 calldataLength = uint256(_script.uint32At(location + 0x14));
            uint256 startOffset = location + 0x14 + 0x04;
            uint256 calldataStart = _script.locationOf(startOffset);

            // compute end of script / next location
            location = startOffset + calldataLength;
            require(location <= _script.length, ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH);

            bool success;
            assembly {
                success := call(
                    sub(gas, 5000),       // forward gas left - 5000
                    contractAddress,      // address
                    0,                    // no value
                    calldataStart,        // calldata start
                    calldataLength,       // calldata length
                    0,                    // don't write output
                    0                     // don't write output
                )

                switch success
                case 0 {
                    let ptr := mload(0x40)

                    switch returndatasize
                    case 0 {
                        // No error data was returned, revert with "EVMCALLS_CALL_REVERTED"
                        // See remix: doing a `revert("EVMCALLS_CALL_REVERTED")` always results in
                        // this memory layout
                        mstore(ptr, 0x08c379a000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)         // error identifier
                        mstore(add(ptr, 0x04), 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020) // starting offset
                        mstore(add(ptr, 0x24), 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000016) // reason length
                        mstore(add(ptr, 0x44), 0x45564d43414c4c535f43414c4c5f524556455254454400000000000000000000) // reason

                        revert(ptr, 100) // 100 = 4 + 3 * 32 (error identifier + 3 words for the ABI encoded error)
                    }
                    default {
                        // Forward the full error data
                        returndatacopy(ptr, 0, returndatasize)
                        revert(ptr, returndatasize)
                    }
                }
                default { }
            }
        }
        // No need to allocate empty bytes for the return as this can only be called via an delegatecall
        // (due to the isInitialized modifier)
    }

    function executorType() external pure returns (bytes32) {
        return EXECUTOR_TYPE;
    }
}

// File: contracts/factory/EVMScriptRegistryFactory.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;







contract EVMScriptRegistryFactory is EVMScriptRegistryConstants {
    EVMScriptRegistry public baseReg;
    IEVMScriptExecutor public baseCallScript;

    /**
    * @notice Create a new EVMScriptRegistryFactory.
    */
    constructor() public {
        baseReg = new EVMScriptRegistry();
        baseCallScript = IEVMScriptExecutor(new CallsScript());
    }

    /**
    * @notice Install a new pinned instance of EVMScriptRegistry on `_dao`.
    * @param _dao Kernel
    * @return Installed EVMScriptRegistry
    */
    function newEVMScriptRegistry(Kernel _dao) public returns (EVMScriptRegistry reg) {
        bytes memory initPayload = abi.encodeWithSelector(reg.initialize.selector);
        reg = EVMScriptRegistry(_dao.newPinnedAppInstance(EVMSCRIPT_REGISTRY_APP_ID, baseReg, initPayload, true));

        ACL acl = ACL(_dao.acl());

        acl.createPermission(this, reg, reg.REGISTRY_ADD_EXECUTOR_ROLE(), this);

        reg.addScriptExecutor(baseCallScript);     // spec 1 = CallsScript

        // Clean up the permissions
        acl.revokePermission(this, reg, reg.REGISTRY_ADD_EXECUTOR_ROLE());
        acl.removePermissionManager(reg, reg.REGISTRY_ADD_EXECUTOR_ROLE());

        return reg;
    }
}

// File: contracts/factory/DAOFactory.sol

pragma solidity 0.4.24;








contract DAOFactory {
    IKernel public baseKernel;
    IACL public baseACL;
    EVMScriptRegistryFactory public regFactory;

    event DeployDAO(address dao);
    event DeployEVMScriptRegistry(address reg);

    /**
    * @notice Create a new DAOFactory, creating DAOs with Kernels proxied to `_baseKernel`, ACLs proxied to `_baseACL`, and new EVMScriptRegistries created from `_regFactory`.
    * @param _baseKernel Base Kernel
    * @param _baseACL Base ACL
    * @param _regFactory EVMScriptRegistry factory
    */
    constructor(IKernel _baseKernel, IACL _baseACL, EVMScriptRegistryFactory _regFactory) public {
        // No need to init as it cannot be killed by devops199
        if (address(_regFactory) != address(0)) {
            regFactory = _regFactory;
        }

        baseKernel = _baseKernel;
        baseACL = _baseACL;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Create a new DAO with `_root` set as the initial admin
    * @param _root Address that will be granted control to setup DAO permissions
    * @return Newly created DAO
    */
    function newDAO(address _root) public returns (Kernel) {
        Kernel dao = Kernel(new KernelProxy(baseKernel));

        if (address(regFactory) == address(0)) {
            dao.initialize(baseACL, _root);
        } else {
            dao.initialize(baseACL, this);

            ACL acl = ACL(dao.acl());
            bytes32 permRole = acl.CREATE_PERMISSIONS_ROLE();
            bytes32 appManagerRole = dao.APP_MANAGER_ROLE();

            acl.grantPermission(regFactory, acl, permRole);

            acl.createPermission(regFactory, dao, appManagerRole, this);

            EVMScriptRegistry reg = regFactory.newEVMScriptRegistry(dao);
            emit DeployEVMScriptRegistry(address(reg));

            // Clean up permissions
            // First, completely reset the APP_MANAGER_ROLE
            acl.revokePermission(regFactory, dao, appManagerRole);
            acl.removePermissionManager(dao, appManagerRole);

            // Then, make root the only holder and manager of CREATE_PERMISSIONS_ROLE
            acl.revokePermission(regFactory, acl, permRole);
            acl.revokePermission(this, acl, permRole);
            acl.grantPermission(_root, acl, permRole);
            acl.setPermissionManager(_root, acl, permRole);
        }

        emit DeployDAO(address(dao));

        return dao;
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/UnstructuredStorage.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


library UnstructuredStorage {
    function getStorageBool(bytes32 position) internal view returns (bool data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageAddress(bytes32 position) internal view returns (address data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageBytes32(bytes32 position) internal view returns (bytes32 data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function getStorageUint256(bytes32 position) internal view returns (uint256 data) {
        assembly { data := sload(position) }
    }

    function setStorageBool(bytes32 position, bool data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageAddress(bytes32 position, address data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageBytes32(bytes32 position, bytes32 data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }

    function setStorageUint256(bytes32 position, uint256 data) internal {
        assembly { sstore(position, data) }
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/acl/IACL.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IACL {
    function initialize(address permissionsCreator) external;

    // TODO: this should be external
    // See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4832
    function hasPermission(address who, address where, bytes32 what, bytes how) public view returns (bool);
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/IVaultRecoverable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IVaultRecoverable {
    event RecoverToVault(address indexed vault, address indexed token, uint256 amount);

    function transferToVault(address token) external;

    function allowRecoverability(address token) external view returns (bool);
    function getRecoveryVault() external view returns (address);
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/kernel/IKernel.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




interface IKernelEvents {
    event SetApp(bytes32 indexed namespace, bytes32 indexed appId, address app);
}


// This should be an interface, but interfaces can't inherit yet :(
contract IKernel is IKernelEvents, IVaultRecoverable {
    function acl() public view returns (IACL);
    function hasPermission(address who, address where, bytes32 what, bytes how) public view returns (bool);

    function setApp(bytes32 namespace, bytes32 appId, address app) public;
    function getApp(bytes32 namespace, bytes32 appId) public view returns (address);
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/apps/AppStorage.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




contract AppStorage {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_POSITION = keccak256("aragonOS.appStorage.kernel");
    bytes32 internal constant APP_ID_POSITION = keccak256("aragonOS.appStorage.appId");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_POSITION = 0x4172f0f7d2289153072b0a6ca36959e0cbe2efc3afe50fc81636caa96338137b;
    bytes32 internal constant APP_ID_POSITION = 0xd625496217aa6a3453eecb9c3489dc5a53e6c67b444329ea2b2cbc9ff547639b;

    function kernel() public view returns (IKernel) {
        return IKernel(KERNEL_POSITION.getStorageAddress());
    }

    function appId() public view returns (bytes32) {
        return APP_ID_POSITION.getStorageBytes32();
    }

    function setKernel(IKernel _kernel) internal {
        KERNEL_POSITION.setStorageAddress(address(_kernel));
    }

    function setAppId(bytes32 _appId) internal {
        APP_ID_POSITION.setStorageBytes32(_appId);
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/acl/ACLSyntaxSugar.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract ACLSyntaxSugar {
    function arr() internal pure returns (uint256[]) {
        return new uint256[](0);
    }

    function arr(bytes32 _a) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a));
    }

    function arr(bytes32 _a, bytes32 _b) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b));
    }

    function arr(address _a) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a));
    }

    function arr(address _a, address _b) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b));
    }

    function arr(address _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), _b, _c);
    }

    function arr(address _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c, uint256 _d) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), _b, _c, _d);
    }

    function arr(address _a, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b));
    }

    function arr(address _a, address _b, uint256 _c, uint256 _d, uint256 _e) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b), _c, _d, _e);
    }

    function arr(address _a, address _b, address _c) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b), uint256(_c));
    }

    function arr(address _a, address _b, uint256 _c) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        return arr(uint256(_a), uint256(_b), uint256(_c));
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](1);
        r[0] = _a;
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](2);
        r[0] = _a;
        r[1] = _b;
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](3);
        r[0] = _a;
        r[1] = _b;
        r[2] = _c;
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c, uint256 _d) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](4);
        r[0] = _a;
        r[1] = _b;
        r[2] = _c;
        r[3] = _d;
    }

    function arr(uint256 _a, uint256 _b, uint256 _c, uint256 _d, uint256 _e) internal pure returns (uint256[] r) {
        r = new uint256[](5);
        r[0] = _a;
        r[1] = _b;
        r[2] = _c;
        r[3] = _d;
        r[4] = _e;
    }
}


contract ACLHelpers {
    function decodeParamOp(uint256 _x) internal pure returns (uint8 b) {
        return uint8(_x >> (8 * 30));
    }

    function decodeParamId(uint256 _x) internal pure returns (uint8 b) {
        return uint8(_x >> (8 * 31));
    }

    function decodeParamsList(uint256 _x) internal pure returns (uint32 a, uint32 b, uint32 c) {
        a = uint32(_x);
        b = uint32(_x >> (8 * 4));
        c = uint32(_x >> (8 * 8));
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/Uint256Helpers.sol

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


library Uint256Helpers {
    uint256 private constant MAX_UINT64 = uint64(-1);

    string private constant ERROR_NUMBER_TOO_BIG = "UINT64_NUMBER_TOO_BIG";

    function toUint64(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint64) {
        require(a <= MAX_UINT64, ERROR_NUMBER_TOO_BIG);
        return uint64(a);
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/TimeHelpers.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract TimeHelpers {
    using Uint256Helpers for uint256;

    /**
    * @dev Returns the current block number.
    *      Using a function rather than `block.number` allows us to easily mock the block number in
    *      tests.
    */
    function getBlockNumber() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return block.number;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Returns the current block number, converted to uint64.
    *      Using a function rather than `block.number` allows us to easily mock the block number in
    *      tests.
    */
    function getBlockNumber64() internal view returns (uint64) {
        return getBlockNumber().toUint64();
    }

    /**
    * @dev Returns the current timestamp.
    *      Using a function rather than `block.timestamp` allows us to easily mock it in
    *      tests.
    */
    function getTimestamp() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return block.timestamp; // solium-disable-line security/no-block-members
    }

    /**
    * @dev Returns the current timestamp, converted to uint64.
    *      Using a function rather than `block.timestamp` allows us to easily mock it in
    *      tests.
    */
    function getTimestamp64() internal view returns (uint64) {
        return getTimestamp().toUint64();
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/Initializable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;




contract Initializable is TimeHelpers {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    // keccak256("aragonOS.initializable.initializationBlock")
    bytes32 internal constant INITIALIZATION_BLOCK_POSITION = 0xebb05b386a8d34882b8711d156f463690983dc47815980fb82aeeff1aa43579e;

    string private constant ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED = "INIT_ALREADY_INITIALIZED";
    string private constant ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED = "INIT_NOT_INITIALIZED";

    modifier onlyInit {
        require(getInitializationBlock() == 0, ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED);
        _;
    }

    modifier isInitialized {
        require(hasInitialized(), ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED);
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @return Block number in which the contract was initialized
    */
    function getInitializationBlock() public view returns (uint256) {
        return INITIALIZATION_BLOCK_POSITION.getStorageUint256();
    }

    /**
    * @return Whether the contract has been initialized by the time of the current block
    */
    function hasInitialized() public view returns (bool) {
        uint256 initializationBlock = getInitializationBlock();
        return initializationBlock != 0 && getBlockNumber() >= initializationBlock;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function to be called by top level contract after initialization has finished.
    */
    function initialized() internal onlyInit {
        INITIALIZATION_BLOCK_POSITION.setStorageUint256(getBlockNumber());
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function to be called by top level contract after initialization to enable the contract
    *      at a future block number rather than immediately.
    */
    function initializedAt(uint256 _blockNumber) internal onlyInit {
        INITIALIZATION_BLOCK_POSITION.setStorageUint256(_blockNumber);
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/Petrifiable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract Petrifiable is Initializable {
    // Use block UINT256_MAX (which should be never) as the initializable date
    uint256 internal constant PETRIFIED_BLOCK = uint256(-1);

    function isPetrified() public view returns (bool) {
        return getInitializationBlock() == PETRIFIED_BLOCK;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function to be called by top level contract to prevent being initialized.
    *      Useful for freezing base contracts when they're used behind proxies.
    */
    function petrify() internal onlyInit {
        initializedAt(PETRIFIED_BLOCK);
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/Autopetrified.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract Autopetrified is Petrifiable {
    constructor() public {
        // Immediately petrify base (non-proxy) instances of inherited contracts on deploy.
        // This renders them uninitializable (and unusable without a proxy).
        petrify();
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/ConversionHelpers.sol

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


library ConversionHelpers {
    string private constant ERROR_IMPROPER_LENGTH = "CONVERSION_IMPROPER_LENGTH";

    function dangerouslyCastUintArrayToBytes(uint256[] memory _input) internal pure returns (bytes memory output) {
        // Force cast the uint256[] into a bytes array, by overwriting its length
        // Note that the bytes array doesn't need to be initialized as we immediately overwrite it
        // with the input and a new length. The input becomes invalid from this point forward.
        uint256 byteLength = _input.length * 32;
        assembly {
            output := _input
            mstore(output, byteLength)
        }
    }

    function dangerouslyCastBytesToUintArray(bytes memory _input) internal pure returns (uint256[] memory output) {
        // Force cast the bytes array into a uint256[], by overwriting its length
        // Note that the uint256[] doesn't need to be initialized as we immediately overwrite it
        // with the input and a new length. The input becomes invalid from this point forward.
        uint256 intsLength = _input.length / 32;
        require(_input.length == intsLength * 32, ERROR_IMPROPER_LENGTH);

        assembly {
            output := _input
            mstore(output, intsLength)
        }
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/ReentrancyGuard.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract ReentrancyGuard {
    using UnstructuredStorage for bytes32;

    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION = keccak256("aragonOS.reentrancyGuard.mutex");
    */
    bytes32 private constant REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION = 0xe855346402235fdd185c890e68d2c4ecad599b88587635ee285bce2fda58dacb;

    string private constant ERROR_REENTRANT = "REENTRANCY_REENTRANT_CALL";

    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // Ensure mutex is unlocked
        require(!REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION.getStorageBool(), ERROR_REENTRANT);

        // Lock mutex before function call
        REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION.setStorageBool(true);

        // Perform function call
        _;

        // Unlock mutex after function call
        REENTRANCY_MUTEX_POSITION.setStorageBool(false);
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/lib/token/ERC20.sol

// See https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-solidity/blob/a9f910d34f0ab33a1ae5e714f69f9596a02b4d91/contracts/token/ERC20/ERC20.sol

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


/**
 * @title ERC20 interface
 * @dev see https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
 */
contract ERC20 {
    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256);

    function balanceOf(address _who) public view returns (uint256);

    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender)
        public view returns (uint256);

    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _value) public returns (bool);

    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _value)
        public returns (bool);

    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _value)
        public returns (bool);

    event Transfer(
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 value
    );

    event Approval(
        address indexed owner,
        address indexed spender,
        uint256 value
    );
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/EtherTokenConstant.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


// aragonOS and aragon-apps rely on address(0) to denote native ETH, in
// contracts where both tokens and ETH are accepted
contract EtherTokenConstant {
    address internal constant ETH = address(0);
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/IsContract.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract IsContract {
    /*
    * NOTE: this should NEVER be used for authentication
    * (see pitfalls: https://github.com/fergarrui/ethereum-security/tree/master/contracts/extcodesize).
    *
    * This is only intended to be used as a sanity check that an address is actually a contract,
    * RATHER THAN an address not being a contract.
    */
    function isContract(address _target) internal view returns (bool) {
        if (_target == address(0)) {
            return false;
        }

        uint256 size;
        assembly { size := extcodesize(_target) }
        return size > 0;
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/SafeERC20.sol

// Inspired by AdEx (https://github.com/AdExNetwork/adex-protocol-eth/blob/b9df617829661a7518ee10f4cb6c4108659dd6d5/contracts/libs/SafeERC20.sol)
// and 0x (https://github.com/0xProject/0x-monorepo/blob/737d1dc54d72872e24abce5a1dbe1b66d35fa21a/contracts/protocol/contracts/protocol/AssetProxy/ERC20Proxy.sol#L143)

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



library SafeERC20 {
    // Before 0.5, solidity has a mismatch between `address.transfer()` and `token.transfer()`:
    // https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/3544
    bytes4 private constant TRANSFER_SELECTOR = 0xa9059cbb;

    string private constant ERROR_TOKEN_BALANCE_REVERTED = "SAFE_ERC_20_BALANCE_REVERTED";
    string private constant ERROR_TOKEN_ALLOWANCE_REVERTED = "SAFE_ERC_20_ALLOWANCE_REVERTED";

    function invokeAndCheckSuccess(address _addr, bytes memory _calldata)
        private
        returns (bool)
    {
        bool ret;
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)    // free memory pointer

            let success := call(
                gas,                  // forward all gas
                _addr,                // address
                0,                    // no value
                add(_calldata, 0x20), // calldata start
                mload(_calldata),     // calldata length
                ptr,                  // write output over free memory
                0x20                  // uint256 return
            )

            if gt(success, 0) {
                // Check number of bytes returned from last function call
                switch returndatasize

                // No bytes returned: assume success
                case 0 {
                    ret := 1
                }

                // 32 bytes returned: check if non-zero
                case 0x20 {
                    // Only return success if returned data was true
                    // Already have output in ptr
                    ret := eq(mload(ptr), 1)
                }

                // Not sure what was returned: don't mark as success
                default { }
            }
        }
        return ret;
    }

    function staticInvoke(address _addr, bytes memory _calldata)
        private
        view
        returns (bool, uint256)
    {
        bool success;
        uint256 ret;
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)    // free memory pointer

            success := staticcall(
                gas,                  // forward all gas
                _addr,                // address
                add(_calldata, 0x20), // calldata start
                mload(_calldata),     // calldata length
                ptr,                  // write output over free memory
                0x20                  // uint256 return
            )

            if gt(success, 0) {
                ret := mload(ptr)
            }
        }
        return (success, ret);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Same as a standards-compliant ERC20.transfer() that never reverts (returns false).
    *      Note that this makes an external call to the token.
    */
    function safeTransfer(ERC20 _token, address _to, uint256 _amount) internal returns (bool) {
        bytes memory transferCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            TRANSFER_SELECTOR,
            _to,
            _amount
        );
        return invokeAndCheckSuccess(_token, transferCallData);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Same as a standards-compliant ERC20.transferFrom() that never reverts (returns false).
    *      Note that this makes an external call to the token.
    */
    function safeTransferFrom(ERC20 _token, address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) internal returns (bool) {
        bytes memory transferFromCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            _token.transferFrom.selector,
            _from,
            _to,
            _amount
        );
        return invokeAndCheckSuccess(_token, transferFromCallData);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Same as a standards-compliant ERC20.approve() that never reverts (returns false).
    *      Note that this makes an external call to the token.
    */
    function safeApprove(ERC20 _token, address _spender, uint256 _amount) internal returns (bool) {
        bytes memory approveCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            _token.approve.selector,
            _spender,
            _amount
        );
        return invokeAndCheckSuccess(_token, approveCallData);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Static call into ERC20.balanceOf().
    * Reverts if the call fails for some reason (should never fail).
    */
    function staticBalanceOf(ERC20 _token, address _owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        bytes memory balanceOfCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            _token.balanceOf.selector,
            _owner
        );

        (bool success, uint256 tokenBalance) = staticInvoke(_token, balanceOfCallData);
        require(success, ERROR_TOKEN_BALANCE_REVERTED);

        return tokenBalance;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Static call into ERC20.allowance().
    * Reverts if the call fails for some reason (should never fail).
    */
    function staticAllowance(ERC20 _token, address _owner, address _spender) internal view returns (uint256) {
        bytes memory allowanceCallData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
            _token.allowance.selector,
            _owner,
            _spender
        );

        (bool success, uint256 allowance) = staticInvoke(_token, allowanceCallData);
        require(success, ERROR_TOKEN_ALLOWANCE_REVERTED);

        return allowance;
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/VaultRecoverable.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;







contract VaultRecoverable is IVaultRecoverable, EtherTokenConstant, IsContract {
    using SafeERC20 for ERC20;

    string private constant ERROR_DISALLOWED = "RECOVER_DISALLOWED";
    string private constant ERROR_VAULT_NOT_CONTRACT = "RECOVER_VAULT_NOT_CONTRACT";
    string private constant ERROR_TOKEN_TRANSFER_FAILED = "RECOVER_TOKEN_TRANSFER_FAILED";

    /**
     * @notice Send funds to recovery Vault. This contract should never receive funds,
     *         but in case it does, this function allows one to recover them.
     * @param _token Token balance to be sent to recovery vault.
     */
    function transferToVault(address _token) external {
        require(allowRecoverability(_token), ERROR_DISALLOWED);
        address vault = getRecoveryVault();
        require(isContract(vault), ERROR_VAULT_NOT_CONTRACT);

        uint256 balance;
        if (_token == ETH) {
            balance = address(this).balance;
            vault.transfer(balance);
        } else {
            ERC20 token = ERC20(_token);
            balance = token.staticBalanceOf(this);
            require(token.safeTransfer(vault, balance), ERROR_TOKEN_TRANSFER_FAILED);
        }

        emit RecoverToVault(vault, _token, balance);
    }

    /**
    * @dev By default deriving from AragonApp makes it recoverable
    * @param token Token address that would be recovered
    * @return bool whether the app allows the recovery
    */
    function allowRecoverability(address token) public view returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }

    // Cast non-implemented interface to be public so we can use it internally
    function getRecoveryVault() public view returns (address);
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/evmscript/IEVMScriptExecutor.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IEVMScriptExecutor {
    function execScript(bytes script, bytes input, address[] blacklist) external returns (bytes);
    function executorType() external pure returns (bytes32);
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/evmscript/IEVMScriptRegistry.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;



contract EVMScriptRegistryConstants {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant EVMSCRIPT_REGISTRY_APP_ID = apmNamehash("evmreg");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant EVMSCRIPT_REGISTRY_APP_ID = 0xddbcfd564f642ab5627cf68b9b7d374fb4f8a36e941a75d89c87998cef03bd61;
}


interface IEVMScriptRegistry {
    function addScriptExecutor(IEVMScriptExecutor executor) external returns (uint id);
    function disableScriptExecutor(uint256 executorId) external;

    // TODO: this should be external
    // See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4832
    function getScriptExecutor(bytes script) public view returns (IEVMScriptExecutor);
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/kernel/KernelConstants.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


contract KernelAppIds {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID = apmNamehash("kernel");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID = apmNamehash("acl");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_VAULT_APP_ID = apmNamehash("vault");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_APP_ID = 0x3b4bf6bf3ad5000ecf0f989d5befde585c6860fea3e574a4fab4c49d1c177d9c;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_ACL_APP_ID = 0xe3262375f45a6e2026b7e7b18c2b807434f2508fe1a2a3dfb493c7df8f4aad6a;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_DEFAULT_VAULT_APP_ID = 0x7e852e0fcfce6551c13800f1e7476f982525c2b5277ba14b24339c68416336d1;
}


contract KernelNamespaceConstants {
    /* Hardcoded constants to save gas
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE = keccak256("core");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE = keccak256("base");
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE = keccak256("app");
    */
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_CORE_NAMESPACE = 0xc681a85306374a5ab27f0bbc385296a54bcd314a1948b6cf61c4ea1bc44bb9f8;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_BASES_NAMESPACE = 0xf1f3eb40f5bc1ad1344716ced8b8a0431d840b5783aea1fd01786bc26f35ac0f;
    bytes32 internal constant KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE = 0xd6f028ca0e8edb4a8c9757ca4fdccab25fa1e0317da1188108f7d2dee14902fb;
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/evmscript/EVMScriptRunner.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;







contract EVMScriptRunner is AppStorage, Initializable, EVMScriptRegistryConstants, KernelNamespaceConstants {
    string private constant ERROR_EXECUTOR_UNAVAILABLE = "EVMRUN_EXECUTOR_UNAVAILABLE";
    string private constant ERROR_PROTECTED_STATE_MODIFIED = "EVMRUN_PROTECTED_STATE_MODIFIED";

    /* This is manually crafted in assembly
    string private constant ERROR_EXECUTOR_INVALID_RETURN = "EVMRUN_EXECUTOR_INVALID_RETURN";
    */

    event ScriptResult(address indexed executor, bytes script, bytes input, bytes returnData);

    function getEVMScriptExecutor(bytes _script) public view returns (IEVMScriptExecutor) {
        return IEVMScriptExecutor(getEVMScriptRegistry().getScriptExecutor(_script));
    }

    function getEVMScriptRegistry() public view returns (IEVMScriptRegistry) {
        address registryAddr = kernel().getApp(KERNEL_APP_ADDR_NAMESPACE, EVMSCRIPT_REGISTRY_APP_ID);
        return IEVMScriptRegistry(registryAddr);
    }

    function runScript(bytes _script, bytes _input, address[] _blacklist)
        internal
        isInitialized
        protectState
        returns (bytes)
    {
        IEVMScriptExecutor executor = getEVMScriptExecutor(_script);
        require(address(executor) != address(0), ERROR_EXECUTOR_UNAVAILABLE);

        bytes4 sig = executor.execScript.selector;
        bytes memory data = abi.encodeWithSelector(sig, _script, _input, _blacklist);

        bytes memory output;
        assembly {
            let success := delegatecall(
                gas,                // forward all gas
                executor,           // address
                add(data, 0x20),    // calldata start
                mload(data),        // calldata length
                0,                  // don't write output (we'll handle this ourselves)
                0                   // don't write output
            )

            output := mload(0x40) // free mem ptr get

            switch success
            case 0 {
                // If the call errored, forward its full error data
                returndatacopy(output, 0, returndatasize)
                revert(output, returndatasize)
            }
            default {
                switch gt(returndatasize, 0x3f)
                case 0 {
                    // Need at least 0x40 bytes returned for properly ABI-encoded bytes values,
                    // revert with "EVMRUN_EXECUTOR_INVALID_RETURN"
                    // See remix: doing a `revert("EVMRUN_EXECUTOR_INVALID_RETURN")` always results in
                    // this memory layout
                    mstore(output, 0x08c379a000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)         // error identifier
                    mstore(add(output, 0x04), 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020) // starting offset
                    mstore(add(output, 0x24), 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001e) // reason length
                    mstore(add(output, 0x44), 0x45564d52554e5f4558454355544f525f494e56414c49445f52455455524e0000) // reason

                    revert(output, 100) // 100 = 4 + 3 * 32 (error identifier + 3 words for the ABI encoded error)
                }
                default {
                    // Copy result
                    //
                    // Needs to perform an ABI decode for the expected `bytes` return type of
                    // `executor.execScript()` as solidity will automatically ABI encode the returned bytes as:
                    //    [ position of the first dynamic length return value = 0x20 (32 bytes) ]
                    //    [ output length (32 bytes) ]
                    //    [ output content (N bytes) ]
                    //
                    // Perform the ABI decode by ignoring the first 32 bytes of the return data
                    let copysize := sub(returndatasize, 0x20)
                    returndatacopy(output, 0x20, copysize)

                    mstore(0x40, add(output, copysize)) // free mem ptr set
                }
            }
        }

        emit ScriptResult(address(executor), _script, _input, output);

        return output;
    }

    modifier protectState {
        address preKernel = address(kernel());
        bytes32 preAppId = appId();
        _; // exec
        require(address(kernel()) == preKernel, ERROR_PROTECTED_STATE_MODIFIED);
        require(appId() == preAppId, ERROR_PROTECTED_STATE_MODIFIED);
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/apps/AragonApp.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;









// Contracts inheriting from AragonApp are, by default, immediately petrified upon deployment so
// that they can never be initialized.
// Unless overriden, this behaviour enforces those contracts to be usable only behind an AppProxy.
// ReentrancyGuard, EVMScriptRunner, and ACLSyntaxSugar are not directly used by this contract, but
// are included so that they are automatically usable by subclassing contracts
contract AragonApp is AppStorage, Autopetrified, VaultRecoverable, ReentrancyGuard, EVMScriptRunner, ACLSyntaxSugar {
    string private constant ERROR_AUTH_FAILED = "APP_AUTH_FAILED";

    modifier auth(bytes32 _role) {
        require(canPerform(msg.sender, _role, new uint256[](0)), ERROR_AUTH_FAILED);
        _;
    }

    modifier authP(bytes32 _role, uint256[] _params) {
        require(canPerform(msg.sender, _role, _params), ERROR_AUTH_FAILED);
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Check whether an action can be performed by a sender for a particular role on this app
    * @param _sender Sender of the call
    * @param _role Role on this app
    * @param _params Permission params for the role
    * @return Boolean indicating whether the sender has the permissions to perform the action.
    *         Always returns false if the app hasn't been initialized yet.
    */
    function canPerform(address _sender, bytes32 _role, uint256[] _params) public view returns (bool) {
        if (!hasInitialized()) {
            return false;
        }

        IKernel linkedKernel = kernel();
        if (address(linkedKernel) == address(0)) {
            return false;
        }

        return linkedKernel.hasPermission(
            _sender,
            address(this),
            _role,
            ConversionHelpers.dangerouslyCastUintArrayToBytes(_params)
        );
    }

    /**
    * @dev Get the recovery vault for the app
    * @return Recovery vault address for the app
    */
    function getRecoveryVault() public view returns (address) {
        // Funds recovery via a vault is only available when used with a kernel
        return kernel().getRecoveryVault(); // if kernel is not set, it will revert
    }
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/common/IForwarder.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    MIT
 */

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


interface IForwarder {
    function isForwarder() external pure returns (bool);

    // TODO: this should be external
    // See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4832
    function canForward(address sender, bytes evmCallScript) public view returns (bool);

    // TODO: this should be external
    // See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4832
    function forward(bytes evmCallScript) public;
}

// File: @aragon/os/contracts/lib/math/SafeMath.sol

// See https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-solidity/blob/d51e38758e1d985661534534d5c61e27bece5042/contracts/math/SafeMath.sol
// Adapted to use pragma ^0.4.24 and satisfy our linter rules

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;


/**
 * @title SafeMath
 * @dev Math operations with safety checks that revert on error
 */
library SafeMath {
    string private constant ERROR_ADD_OVERFLOW = "MATH_ADD_OVERFLOW";
    string private constant ERROR_SUB_UNDERFLOW = "MATH_SUB_UNDERFLOW";
    string private constant ERROR_MUL_OVERFLOW = "MATH_MUL_OVERFLOW";
    string private constant ERROR_DIV_ZERO = "MATH_DIV_ZERO";

    /**
    * @dev Multiplies two numbers, reverts on overflow.
    */
    function mul(uint256 _a, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
        // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
        // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-solidity/pull/522
        if (_a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        uint256 c = _a * _b;
        require(c / _a == _b, ERROR_MUL_OVERFLOW);

        return c;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Integer division of two numbers truncating the quotient, reverts on division by zero.
    */
    function div(uint256 _a, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(_b > 0, ERROR_DIV_ZERO); // Solidity only automatically asserts when dividing by 0
        uint256 c = _a / _b;
        // assert(_a == _b * c + _a % _b); // There is no case in which this doesn't hold

        return c;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Subtracts two numbers, reverts on overflow (i.e. if subtrahend is greater than minuend).
    */
    function sub(uint256 _a, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(_b <= _a, ERROR_SUB_UNDERFLOW);
        uint256 c = _a - _b;

        return c;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Adds two numbers, reverts on overflow.
    */
    function add(uint256 _a, uint256 _b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = _a + _b;
        require(c >= _a, ERROR_ADD_OVERFLOW);

        return c;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Divides two numbers and returns the remainder (unsigned integer modulo),
    * reverts when dividing by zero.
    */
    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b != 0, ERROR_DIV_ZERO);
        return a % b;
    }
}

// File: @aragon/apps-shared-minime/contracts/ITokenController.sol

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;

/// @dev The token controller contract must implement these functions


interface ITokenController {
    /// @notice Called when `_owner` sends ether to the MiniMe Token contract
    /// @param _owner The address that sent the ether to create tokens
    /// @return True if the ether is accepted, false if it throws
    function proxyPayment(address _owner) external payable returns(bool);

    /// @notice Notifies the controller about a token transfer allowing the
    ///  controller to react if desired
    /// @param _from The origin of the transfer
    /// @param _to The destination of the transfer
    /// @param _amount The amount of the transfer
    /// @return False if the controller does not authorize the transfer
    function onTransfer(address _from, address _to, uint _amount) external returns(bool);

    /// @notice Notifies the controller about an approval allowing the
    ///  controller to react if desired
    /// @param _owner The address that calls `approve()`
    /// @param _spender The spender in the `approve()` call
    /// @param _amount The amount in the `approve()` call
    /// @return False if the controller does not authorize the approval
    function onApprove(address _owner, address _spender, uint _amount) external returns(bool);
}

// File: @aragon/apps-shared-minime/contracts/MiniMeToken.sol

pragma solidity ^0.4.24;

/*
    Copyright 2016, Jordi Baylina
    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */

/// @title MiniMeToken Contract
/// @author Jordi Baylina
/// @dev This token contract's goal is to make it easy for anyone to clone this
///  token using the token distribution at a given block, this will allow DAO's
///  and DApps to upgrade their features in a decentralized manner without
///  affecting the original token
/// @dev It is ERC20 compliant, but still needs to under go further testing.


contract Controlled {
    /// @notice The address of the controller is the only address that can call
    ///  a function with this modifier
    modifier onlyController {
        require(msg.sender == controller);
        _;
    }

    address public controller;

    function Controlled()  public { controller = msg.sender;}

    /// @notice Changes the controller of the contract
    /// @param _newController The new controller of the contract
    function changeController(address _newController) onlyController  public {
        controller = _newController;
    }
}

contract ApproveAndCallFallBack {
    function receiveApproval(
        address from,
        uint256 _amount,
        address _token,
        bytes _data
    ) public;
}

/// @dev The actual token contract, the default controller is the msg.sender
///  that deploys the contract, so usually this token will be deployed by a
///  token controller contract, which Giveth will call a "Campaign"
contract MiniMeToken is Controlled {

    string public name;                //The Token's name: e.g. DigixDAO Tokens
    uint8 public decimals;             //Number of decimals of the smallest unit
    string public symbol;              //An identifier: e.g. REP
    string public version = "MMT_0.1"; //An arbitrary versioning scheme


    /// @dev `Checkpoint` is the structure that attaches a block number to a
    ///  given value, the block number attached is the one that last changed the
    ///  value
    struct Checkpoint {

        // `fromBlock` is the block number that the value was generated from
        uint128 fromBlock;

        // `value` is the amount of tokens at a specific block number
        uint128 value;
    }

    // `parentToken` is the Token address that was cloned to produce this token;
    //  it will be 0x0 for a token that was not cloned
    MiniMeToken public parentToken;

    // `parentSnapShotBlock` is the block number from the Parent Token that was
    //  used to determine the initial distribution of the Clone Token
    uint public parentSnapShotBlock;

    // `creationBlock` is the block number that the Clone Token was created
    uint public creationBlock;

    // `balances` is the map that tracks the balance of each address, in this
    //  contract when the balance changes the block number that the change
    //  occurred is also included in the map
    mapping (address => Checkpoint[]) balances;

    // `allowed` tracks any extra transfer rights as in all ERC20 tokens
    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint256)) allowed;

    // Tracks the history of the `totalSupply` of the token
    Checkpoint[] totalSupplyHistory;

    // Flag that determines if the token is transferable or not.
    bool public transfersEnabled;

    // The factory used to create new clone tokens
    MiniMeTokenFactory public tokenFactory;

////////////////
// Constructor
////////////////

    /// @notice Constructor to create a MiniMeToken
    /// @param _tokenFactory The address of the MiniMeTokenFactory contract that
    ///  will create the Clone token contracts, the token factory needs to be
    ///  deployed first
    /// @param _parentToken Address of the parent token, set to 0x0 if it is a
    ///  new token
    /// @param _parentSnapShotBlock Block of the parent token that will
    ///  determine the initial distribution of the clone token, set to 0 if it
    ///  is a new token
    /// @param _tokenName Name of the new token
    /// @param _decimalUnits Number of decimals of the new token
    /// @param _tokenSymbol Token Symbol for the new token
    /// @param _transfersEnabled If true, tokens will be able to be transferred
    function MiniMeToken(
        MiniMeTokenFactory _tokenFactory,
        MiniMeToken _parentToken,
        uint _parentSnapShotBlock,
        string _tokenName,
        uint8 _decimalUnits,
        string _tokenSymbol,
        bool _transfersEnabled
    )  public
    {
        tokenFactory = _tokenFactory;
        name = _tokenName;                                 // Set the name
        decimals = _decimalUnits;                          // Set the decimals
        symbol = _tokenSymbol;                             // Set the symbol
        parentToken = _parentToken;
        parentSnapShotBlock = _parentSnapShotBlock;
        transfersEnabled = _transfersEnabled;
        creationBlock = block.number;
    }


///////////////////
// ERC20 Methods
///////////////////

    /// @notice Send `_amount` tokens to `_to` from `msg.sender`
    /// @param _to The address of the recipient
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be transferred
    /// @return Whether the transfer was successful or not
    function transfer(address _to, uint256 _amount) public returns (bool success) {
        require(transfersEnabled);
        return doTransfer(msg.sender, _to, _amount);
    }

    /// @notice Send `_amount` tokens to `_to` from `_from` on the condition it
    ///  is approved by `_from`
    /// @param _from The address holding the tokens being transferred
    /// @param _to The address of the recipient
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be transferred
    /// @return True if the transfer was successful
    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) public returns (bool success) {

        // The controller of this contract can move tokens around at will,
        //  this is important to recognize! Confirm that you trust the
        //  controller of this contract, which in most situations should be
        //  another open source smart contract or 0x0
        if (msg.sender != controller) {
            require(transfersEnabled);

            // The standard ERC 20 transferFrom functionality
            if (allowed[_from][msg.sender] < _amount)
                return false;
            allowed[_from][msg.sender] -= _amount;
        }
        return doTransfer(_from, _to, _amount);
    }

    /// @dev This is the actual transfer function in the token contract, it can
    ///  only be called by other functions in this contract.
    /// @param _from The address holding the tokens being transferred
    /// @param _to The address of the recipient
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be transferred
    /// @return True if the transfer was successful
    function doTransfer(address _from, address _to, uint _amount) internal returns(bool) {
        if (_amount == 0) {
            return true;
        }
        require(parentSnapShotBlock < block.number);
        // Do not allow transfer to 0x0 or the token contract itself
        require((_to != 0) && (_to != address(this)));
        // If the amount being transfered is more than the balance of the
        //  account the transfer returns false
        var previousBalanceFrom = balanceOfAt(_from, block.number);
        if (previousBalanceFrom < _amount) {
            return false;
        }
        // Alerts the token controller of the transfer
        if (isContract(controller)) {
            // Adding the ` == true` makes the linter shut up so...
            require(ITokenController(controller).onTransfer(_from, _to, _amount) == true);
        }
        // First update the balance array with the new value for the address
        //  sending the tokens
        updateValueAtNow(balances[_from], previousBalanceFrom - _amount);
        // Then update the balance array with the new value for the address
        //  receiving the tokens
        var previousBalanceTo = balanceOfAt(_to, block.number);
        require(previousBalanceTo + _amount >= previousBalanceTo); // Check for overflow
        updateValueAtNow(balances[_to], previousBalanceTo + _amount);
        // An event to make the transfer easy to find on the blockchain
        Transfer(_from, _to, _amount);
        return true;
    }

    /// @param _owner The address that's balance is being requested
    /// @return The balance of `_owner` at the current block
    function balanceOf(address _owner) public constant returns (uint256 balance) {
        return balanceOfAt(_owner, block.number);
    }

    /// @notice `msg.sender` approves `_spender` to spend `_amount` tokens on
    ///  its behalf. This is a modified version of the ERC20 approve function
    ///  to be a little bit safer
    /// @param _spender The address of the account able to transfer the tokens
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be approved for transfer
    /// @return True if the approval was successful
    function approve(address _spender, uint256 _amount) public returns (bool success) {
        require(transfersEnabled);

        // To change the approve amount you first have to reduce the addresses`
        //  allowance to zero by calling `approve(_spender,0)` if it is not
        //  already 0 to mitigate the race condition described here:
        //  https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
        require((_amount == 0) || (allowed[msg.sender][_spender] == 0));

        // Alerts the token controller of the approve function call
        if (isContract(controller)) {
            // Adding the ` == true` makes the linter shut up so...
            require(ITokenController(controller).onApprove(msg.sender, _spender, _amount) == true);
        }

        allowed[msg.sender][_spender] = _amount;
        Approval(msg.sender, _spender, _amount);
        return true;
    }

    /// @dev This function makes it easy to read the `allowed[]` map
    /// @param _owner The address of the account that owns the token
    /// @param _spender The address of the account able to transfer the tokens
    /// @return Amount of remaining tokens of _owner that _spender is allowed
    ///  to spend
    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public constant returns (uint256 remaining) {
        return allowed[_owner][_spender];
    }

    /// @notice `msg.sender` approves `_spender` to send `_amount` tokens on
    ///  its behalf, and then a function is triggered in the contract that is
    ///  being approved, `_spender`. This allows users to use their tokens to
    ///  interact with contracts in one function call instead of two
    /// @param _spender The address of the contract able to transfer the tokens
    /// @param _amount The amount of tokens to be approved for transfer
    /// @return True if the function call was successful
    function approveAndCall(ApproveAndCallFallBack _spender, uint256 _amount, bytes _extraData) public returns (bool success) {
        require(approve(_spender, _amount));

        _spender.receiveApproval(
            msg.sender,
            _amount,
            this,
            _extraData
        );

        return true;
    }

    /// @dev This function makes it easy to get the total number of tokens
    /// @return The total number of tokens
    function totalSupply() public constant returns (uint) {
        return totalSupplyAt(block.number);
    }


////////////////
// Query balance and totalSupply in History
////////////////

    /// @dev Queries the balance of `_owner` at a specific `_blockNumber`
    /// @param _owner The address from which the balance will be retrieved
    /// @param _blockNumber The block number when the balance is queried
    /// @return The balance at `_blockNumber`
    function balanceOfAt(address _owner, uint _blockNumber) public constant returns (uint) {

        // These next few lines are used when the balance of the token is
        //  requested before a check point was ever created for this token, it
        //  requires that the `parentToken.balanceOfAt` be queried at the
        //  genesis block for that token as this contains initial balance of
        //  this token
        if ((balances[_owner].length == 0) || (balances[_owner][0].fromBlock > _blockNumber)) {
            if (address(parentToken) != 0) {
                return parentToken.balanceOfAt(_owner, min(_blockNumber, parentSnapShotBlock));
            } else {
                // Has no parent
                return 0;
            }

        // This will return the expected balance during normal situations
        } else {
            return getValueAt(balances[_owner], _blockNumber);
        }
    }

    /// @notice Total amount of tokens at a specific `_blockNumber`.
    /// @param _blockNumber The block number when the totalSupply is queried
    /// @return The total amount of tokens at `_blockNumber`
    function totalSupplyAt(uint _blockNumber) public constant returns(uint) {

        // These next few lines are used when the totalSupply of the token is
        //  requested before a check point was ever created for this token, it
        //  requires that the `parentToken.totalSupplyAt` be queried at the
        //  genesis block for this token as that contains totalSupply of this
        //  token at this block number.
        if ((totalSupplyHistory.length == 0) || (totalSupplyHistory[0].fromBlock > _blockNumber)) {
            if (address(parentToken) != 0) {
                return parentToken.totalSupplyAt(min(_blockNumber, parentSnapShotBlock));
            } else {
                return 0;
            }

        // This will return the expected totalSupply during normal situations
        } else {
            return getValueAt(totalSupplyHistory, _blockNumber);
        }
    }

////////////////
// Clone Token Method
////////////////

    /// @notice Creates a new clone token with the initial distribution being
    ///  this token at `_snapshotBlock`
    /// @param _cloneTokenName Name of the clone token
    /// @param _cloneDecimalUnits Number of decimals of the smallest unit
    /// @param _cloneTokenSymbol Symbol of the clone token
    /// @param _snapshotBlock Block when the distribution of the parent token is
    ///  copied to set the initial distribution of the new clone token;
    ///  if the block is zero than the actual block, the current block is used
    /// @param _transfersEnabled True if transfers are allowed in the clone
    /// @return The address of the new MiniMeToken Contract
    function createCloneToken(
        string _cloneTokenName,
        uint8 _cloneDecimalUnits,
        string _cloneTokenSymbol,
        uint _snapshotBlock,
        bool _transfersEnabled
    ) public returns(MiniMeToken)
    {
        uint256 snapshot = _snapshotBlock == 0 ? block.number - 1 : _snapshotBlock;

        MiniMeToken cloneToken = tokenFactory.createCloneToken(
            this,
            snapshot,
            _cloneTokenName,
            _cloneDecimalUnits,
            _cloneTokenSymbol,
            _transfersEnabled
        );

        cloneToken.changeController(msg.sender);

        // An event to make the token easy to find on the blockchain
        NewCloneToken(address(cloneToken), snapshot);
        return cloneToken;
    }

////////////////
// Generate and destroy tokens
////////////////

    /// @notice Generates `_amount` tokens that are assigned to `_owner`
    /// @param _owner The address that will be assigned the new tokens
    /// @param _amount The quantity of tokens generated
    /// @return True if the tokens are generated correctly
    function generateTokens(address _owner, uint _amount) onlyController public returns (bool) {
        uint curTotalSupply = totalSupply();
        require(curTotalSupply + _amount >= curTotalSupply); // Check for overflow
        uint previousBalanceTo = balanceOf(_owner);
        require(previousBalanceTo + _amount >= previousBalanceTo); // Check for overflow
        updateValueAtNow(totalSupplyHistory, curTotalSupply + _amount);
        updateValueAtNow(balances[_owner], previousBalanceTo + _amount);
        Transfer(0, _owner, _amount);
        return true;
    }


    /// @notice Burns `_amount` tokens from `_owner`
    /// @param _owner The address that will lose the tokens
    /// @param _amount The quantity of tokens to burn
    /// @return True if the tokens are burned correctly
    function destroyTokens(address _owner, uint _amount) onlyController public returns (bool) {
        uint curTotalSupply = totalSupply();
        require(curTotalSupply >= _amount);
        uint previousBalanceFrom = balanceOf(_owner);
        require(previousBalanceFrom >= _amount);
        updateValueAtNow(totalSupplyHistory, curTotalSupply - _amount);
        updateValueAtNow(balances[_owner], previousBalanceFrom - _amount);
        Transfer(_owner, 0, _amount);
        return true;
    }

////////////////
// Enable tokens transfers
////////////////


    /// @notice Enables token holders to transfer their tokens freely if true
    /// @param _transfersEnabled True if transfers are allowed in the clone
    function enableTransfers(bool _transfersEnabled) onlyController public {
        transfersEnabled = _transfersEnabled;
    }

////////////////
// Internal helper functions to query and set a value in a snapshot array
////////////////

    /// @dev `getValueAt` retrieves the number of tokens at a given block number
    /// @param checkpoints The history of values being queried
    /// @param _block The block number to retrieve the value at
    /// @return The number of tokens being queried
    function getValueAt(Checkpoint[] storage checkpoints, uint _block) constant internal returns (uint) {
        if (checkpoints.length == 0)
            return 0;

        // Shortcut for the actual value
        if (_block >= checkpoints[checkpoints.length-1].fromBlock)
            return checkpoints[checkpoints.length-1].value;
        if (_block < checkpoints[0].fromBlock)
            return 0;

        // Binary search of the value in the array
        uint min = 0;
        uint max = checkpoints.length-1;
        while (max > min) {
            uint mid = (max + min + 1) / 2;
            if (checkpoints[mid].fromBlock<=_block) {
                min = mid;
            } else {
                max = mid-1;
            }
        }
        return checkpoints[min].value;
    }

    /// @dev `updateValueAtNow` used to update the `balances` map and the
    ///  `totalSupplyHistory`
    /// @param checkpoints The history of data being updated
    /// @param _value The new number of tokens
    function updateValueAtNow(Checkpoint[] storage checkpoints, uint _value) internal {
        if ((checkpoints.length == 0) || (checkpoints[checkpoints.length - 1].fromBlock < block.number)) {
            Checkpoint storage newCheckPoint = checkpoints[checkpoints.length++];
            newCheckPoint.fromBlock = uint128(block.number);
            newCheckPoint.value = uint128(_value);
        } else {
            Checkpoint storage oldCheckPoint = checkpoints[checkpoints.length - 1];
            oldCheckPoint.value = uint128(_value);
        }
    }

    /// @dev Internal function to determine if an address is a contract
    /// @param _addr The address being queried
    /// @return True if `_addr` is a contract
    function isContract(address _addr) constant internal returns(bool) {
        uint size;
        if (_addr == 0)
            return false;

        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(_addr)
        }

        return size>0;
    }

    /// @dev Helper function to return a min betwen the two uints
    function min(uint a, uint b) pure internal returns (uint) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /// @notice The fallback function: If the contract's controller has not been
    ///  set to 0, then the `proxyPayment` method is called which relays the
    ///  ether and creates tokens as described in the token controller contract
    function () external payable {
        require(isContract(controller));
        // Adding the ` == true` makes the linter shut up so...
        require(ITokenController(controller).proxyPayment.value(msg.value)(msg.sender) == true);
    }

//////////
// Safety Methods
//////////

    /// @notice This method can be used by the controller to extract mistakenly
    ///  sent tokens to this contract.
    /// @param _token The address of the token contract that you want to recover
    ///  set to 0 in case you want to extract ether.
    function claimTokens(address _token) onlyController public {
        if (_token == 0x0) {
            controller.transfer(this.balance);
            return;
        }

        MiniMeToken token = MiniMeToken(_token);
        uint balance = token.balanceOf(this);
        token.transfer(controller, balance);
        ClaimedTokens(_token, controller, balance);
    }

////////////////
// Events
////////////////
    event ClaimedTokens(address indexed _token, address indexed _controller, uint _amount);
    event Transfer(address indexed _from, address indexed _to, uint256 _amount);
    event NewCloneToken(address indexed _cloneToken, uint _snapshotBlock);
    event Approval(
        address indexed _owner,
        address indexed _spender,
        uint256 _amount
        );

}


////////////////
// MiniMeTokenFactory
////////////////

/// @dev This contract is used to generate clone contracts from a contract.
///  In solidity this is the way to create a contract from a contract of the
///  same class
contract MiniMeTokenFactory {

    /// @notice Update the DApp by creating a new token with new functionalities
    ///  the msg.sender becomes the controller of this clone token
    /// @param _parentToken Address of the token being cloned
    /// @param _snapshotBlock Block of the parent token that will
    ///  determine the initial distribution of the clone token
    /// @param _tokenName Name of the new token
    /// @param _decimalUnits Number of decimals of the new token
    /// @param _tokenSymbol Token Symbol for the new token
    /// @param _transfersEnabled If true, tokens will be able to be transferred
    /// @return The address of the new token contract
    function createCloneToken(
        MiniMeToken _parentToken,
        uint _snapshotBlock,
        string _tokenName,
        uint8 _decimalUnits,
        string _tokenSymbol,
        bool _transfersEnabled
    ) public returns (MiniMeToken)
    {
        MiniMeToken newToken = new MiniMeToken(
            this,
            _parentToken,
            _snapshotBlock,
            _tokenName,
            _decimalUnits,
            _tokenSymbol,
            _transfersEnabled
        );

        newToken.changeController(msg.sender);
        return newToken;
    }
}

// File: contracts/TokenManager.sol

/*
 * SPDX-License-Identitifer:    GPL-3.0-or-later
 */

/* solium-disable function-order */

pragma solidity 0.4.24;







contract TokenManager is ITokenController, IForwarder, AragonApp {
    using SafeMath for uint256;

    bytes32 public constant MINT_ROLE = keccak256("MINT_ROLE");
    bytes32 public constant ISSUE_ROLE = keccak256("ISSUE_ROLE");
    bytes32 public constant ASSIGN_ROLE = keccak256("ASSIGN_ROLE");
    bytes32 public constant REVOKE_VESTINGS_ROLE = keccak256("REVOKE_VESTINGS_ROLE");
    bytes32 public constant BURN_ROLE = keccak256("BURN_ROLE");

    uint256 public constant MAX_VESTINGS_PER_ADDRESS = 50;

    string private constant ERROR_CALLER_NOT_TOKEN = "TM_CALLER_NOT_TOKEN";
    string private constant ERROR_NO_VESTING = "TM_NO_VESTING";
    string private constant ERROR_TOKEN_CONTROLLER = "TM_TOKEN_CONTROLLER";
    string private constant ERROR_MINT_RECEIVER_IS_TM = "TM_MINT_RECEIVER_IS_TM";
    string private constant ERROR_VESTING_TO_TM = "TM_VESTING_TO_TM";
    string private constant ERROR_TOO_MANY_VESTINGS = "TM_TOO_MANY_VESTINGS";
    string private constant ERROR_WRONG_CLIFF_DATE = "TM_WRONG_CLIFF_DATE";
    string private constant ERROR_VESTING_NOT_REVOKABLE = "TM_VESTING_NOT_REVOKABLE";
    string private constant ERROR_REVOKE_TRANSFER_FROM_REVERTED = "TM_REVOKE_TRANSFER_FROM_REVERTED";
    string private constant ERROR_CAN_NOT_FORWARD = "TM_CAN_NOT_FORWARD";
    string private constant ERROR_BALANCE_INCREASE_NOT_ALLOWED = "TM_BALANCE_INC_NOT_ALLOWED";
    string private constant ERROR_ASSIGN_TRANSFER_FROM_REVERTED = "TM_ASSIGN_TRANSFER_FROM_REVERTED";

    struct TokenVesting {
        uint256 amount;
        uint64 start;
        uint64 cliff;
        uint64 vesting;
        bool revokable;
    }

    // Note that we COMPLETELY trust this MiniMeToken to not be malicious for proper operation of this contract
    MiniMeToken public token;
    uint256 public maxAccountTokens;

    // We are mimicing an array in the inner mapping, we use a mapping instead to make app upgrade more graceful
    mapping (address => mapping (uint256 => TokenVesting)) internal vestings;
    mapping (address => uint256) public vestingsLengths;

    // Other token specific events can be watched on the token address directly (avoids duplication)
    event NewVesting(address indexed receiver, uint256 vestingId, uint256 amount);
    event RevokeVesting(address indexed receiver, uint256 vestingId, uint256 nonVestedAmount);

    modifier onlyToken() {
        require(msg.sender == address(token), ERROR_CALLER_NOT_TOKEN);
        _;
    }

    modifier vestingExists(address _holder, uint256 _vestingId) {
        // TODO: it's not checking for gaps that may appear because of deletes in revokeVesting function
        require(_vestingId < vestingsLengths[_holder], ERROR_NO_VESTING);
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Initialize Token Manager for `_token.symbol(): string`, whose tokens are `transferable ? 'not' : ''` transferable`_maxAccountTokens > 0 ? ' and limited to a maximum of ' + @tokenAmount(_token, _maxAccountTokens, false) + ' per account' : ''`
    * @param _token MiniMeToken address for the managed token (Token Manager instance must be already set as the token controller)
    * @param _transferable whether the token can be transferred by holders
    * @param _maxAccountTokens Maximum amount of tokens an account can have (0 for infinite tokens)
    */
    function initialize(
        MiniMeToken _token,
        bool _transferable,
        uint256 _maxAccountTokens
    )
        external
        onlyInit
    {
        initialized();

        require(_token.controller() == address(this), ERROR_TOKEN_CONTROLLER);

        token = _token;
        maxAccountTokens = _maxAccountTokens == 0 ? uint256(-1) : _maxAccountTokens;

        if (token.transfersEnabled() != _transferable) {
            token.enableTransfers(_transferable);
        }
    }

    /**
    * @notice Mint `@tokenAmount(self.token(): address, _amount, false)` tokens for `_receiver`
    * @param _receiver The address receiving the tokens, cannot be the Token Manager itself (use `issue()` instead)
    * @param _amount Number of tokens minted
    */
    function mint(address _receiver, uint256 _amount) external authP(MINT_ROLE, arr(_receiver, _amount)) {
        require(_receiver != address(this), ERROR_MINT_RECEIVER_IS_TM);
        _mint(_receiver, _amount);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Mint `@tokenAmount(self.token(): address, _amount, false)` tokens for the Token Manager
    * @param _amount Number of tokens minted
    */
    function issue(uint256 _amount) external authP(ISSUE_ROLE, arr(_amount)) {
        _mint(address(this), _amount);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Assign `@tokenAmount(self.token(): address, _amount, false)` tokens to `_receiver` from the Token Manager's holdings
    * @param _receiver The address receiving the tokens
    * @param _amount Number of tokens transferred
    */
    function assign(address _receiver, uint256 _amount) external authP(ASSIGN_ROLE, arr(_receiver, _amount)) {
        _assign(_receiver, _amount);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Burn `@tokenAmount(self.token(): address, _amount, false)` tokens from `_holder`
    * @param _holder Holder of tokens being burned
    * @param _amount Number of tokens being burned
    */
    function burn(address _holder, uint256 _amount) external authP(BURN_ROLE, arr(_holder, _amount)) {
        // minime.destroyTokens() never returns false, only reverts on failure
        token.destroyTokens(_holder, _amount);
    }

    /**
    * @notice Assign `@tokenAmount(self.token(): address, _amount, false)` tokens to `_receiver` from the Token Manager's holdings with a `_revokable : 'revokable' : ''` vesting starting at `@formatDate(_start)`, cliff at `@formatDate(_cliff)` (first portion of tokens transferable), and completed vesting at `@formatDate(_vested)` (all tokens transferable)
    * @param _receiver The address receiving the tokens, cannot be Token Manager itself
    * @param _amount Number of tokens vested
    * @param _start Date the vesting calculations start
    * @param _cliff Date when the initial portion of tokens are transferable
    * @param _vested Date when all tokens are transferable
    * @param _revokable Whether the vesting can be revoked by the Token Manager
    */
    function assignVested(
        address _receiver,
        uint256 _amount,
        uint64 _start,
        uint64 _cliff,
        uint64 _vested,
        bool _revokable
    )
        external
        authP(ASSIGN_ROLE, arr(_receiver, _amount))
        returns (uint256)
    {
        require(_receiver != address(this), ERROR_VESTING_TO_TM);
        require(vestingsLengths[_receiver] < MAX_VESTINGS_PER_ADDRESS, ERROR_TOO_MANY_VESTINGS);
        require(_start <= _cliff && _cliff <= _vested, ERROR_WRONG_CLIFF_DATE);

        uint256 vestingId = vestingsLengths[_receiver]++;
        vestings[_receiver][vestingId] = TokenVesting(
            _amount,
            _start,
            _cliff,
            _vested,
            _revokable
        );

        _assign(_receiver, _amount);

        emit NewVesting(_receiver, vestingId, _amount);

        return vestingId;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Revoke vesting #`_vestingId` from `_holder`, returning unvested tokens to the Token Manager
    * @param _holder Address whose vesting to revoke
    * @param _vestingId Numeric id of the vesting
    */
    function revokeVesting(address _holder, uint256 _vestingId)
        external
        authP(REVOKE_VESTINGS_ROLE, arr(_holder))
        vestingExists(_holder, _vestingId)
    {
        TokenVesting storage v = vestings[_holder][_vestingId];
        require(v.revokable, ERROR_VESTING_NOT_REVOKABLE);

        uint256 nonVested = _calculateNonVestedTokens(
            v.amount,
            getTimestamp(),
            v.start,
            v.cliff,
            v.vesting
        );

        // To make vestingIds immutable over time, we just zero out the revoked vesting
        // Clearing this out also allows the token transfer back to the Token Manager to succeed
        delete vestings[_holder][_vestingId];

        // transferFrom always works as controller
        // onTransfer hook always allows if transfering to token controller
        require(token.transferFrom(_holder, address(this), nonVested), ERROR_REVOKE_TRANSFER_FROM_REVERTED);

        emit RevokeVesting(_holder, _vestingId, nonVested);
    }

    // ITokenController fns
    // `onTransfer()`, `onApprove()`, and `proxyPayment()` are callbacks from the MiniMe token
    // contract and are only meant to be called through the managed MiniMe token that gets assigned
    // during initialization.

    /*
    * @dev Notifies the controller about a token transfer allowing the controller to decide whether
    *      to allow it or react if desired (only callable from the token).
    *      Initialization check is implicitly provided by `onlyToken()`.
    * @param _from The origin of the transfer
    * @param _to The destination of the transfer
    * @param _amount The amount of the transfer
    * @return False if the controller does not authorize the transfer
    */
    function onTransfer(address _from, address _to, uint256 _amount) external onlyToken returns (bool) {
        return _isBalanceIncreaseAllowed(_to, _amount) && _transferableBalance(_from, getTimestamp()) >= _amount;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Notifies the controller about an approval allowing the controller to react if desired
    *      Initialization check is implicitly provided by `onlyToken()`.
    * @return False if the controller does not authorize the approval
    */
    function onApprove(address, address, uint) external onlyToken returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Called when ether is sent to the MiniMe Token contract
    *      Initialization check is implicitly provided by `onlyToken()`.
    * @return True if the ether is accepted, false for it to throw
    */
    function proxyPayment(address) external payable onlyToken returns (bool) {
        return false;
    }

    // Forwarding fns

    function isForwarder() external pure returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }

    /**
    * @notice Execute desired action as a token holder
    * @dev IForwarder interface conformance. Forwards any token holder action.
    * @param _evmScript Script being executed
    */
    function forward(bytes _evmScript) public {
        require(canForward(msg.sender, _evmScript), ERROR_CAN_NOT_FORWARD);
        bytes memory input = new bytes(0); // TODO: Consider input for this

        // Add the managed token to the blacklist to disallow a token holder from executing actions
        // on the token controller's (this contract) behalf
        address[] memory blacklist = new address[](1);
        blacklist[0] = address(token);

        runScript(_evmScript, input, blacklist);
    }

    function canForward(address _sender, bytes) public view returns (bool) {
        return hasInitialized() && token.balanceOf(_sender) > 0;
    }

    // Getter fns

    function getVesting(
        address _recipient,
        uint256 _vestingId
    )
        public
        view
        vestingExists(_recipient, _vestingId)
        returns (
            uint256 amount,
            uint64 start,
            uint64 cliff,
            uint64 vesting,
            bool revokable
        )
    {
        TokenVesting storage tokenVesting = vestings[_recipient][_vestingId];
        amount = tokenVesting.amount;
        start = tokenVesting.start;
        cliff = tokenVesting.cliff;
        vesting = tokenVesting.vesting;
        revokable = tokenVesting.revokable;
    }

    function spendableBalanceOf(address _holder) public view isInitialized returns (uint256) {
        return _transferableBalance(_holder, getTimestamp());
    }

    function transferableBalance(address _holder, uint256 _time) public view isInitialized returns (uint256) {
        return _transferableBalance(_holder, _time);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Disable recovery escape hatch for own token,
    *      as the it has the concept of issuing tokens without assigning them
    */
    function allowRecoverability(address _token) public view returns (bool) {
        return _token != address(token);
    }

    // Internal fns

    function _assign(address _receiver, uint256 _amount) internal {
        require(_isBalanceIncreaseAllowed(_receiver, _amount), ERROR_BALANCE_INCREASE_NOT_ALLOWED);
        // Must use transferFrom() as transfer() does not give the token controller full control
        require(token.transferFrom(address(this), _receiver, _amount), ERROR_ASSIGN_TRANSFER_FROM_REVERTED);
    }

    function _mint(address _receiver, uint256 _amount) internal {
        require(_isBalanceIncreaseAllowed(_receiver, _amount), ERROR_BALANCE_INCREASE_NOT_ALLOWED);
        token.generateTokens(_receiver, _amount); // minime.generateTokens() never returns false
    }

    function _isBalanceIncreaseAllowed(address _receiver, uint256 _inc) internal view returns (bool) {
        // Max balance doesn't apply to the token manager itself
        if (_receiver == address(this)) {
            return true;
        }
        return token.balanceOf(_receiver).add(_inc) <= maxAccountTokens;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Calculate amount of non-vested tokens at a specifc time
    * @param tokens The total amount of tokens vested
    * @param time The time at which to check
    * @param start The date vesting started
    * @param cliff The cliff period
    * @param vested The fully vested date
    * @return The amount of non-vested tokens of a specific grant
    *  transferableTokens
    *   |                         _/--------   vestedTokens rect
    *   |                       _/
    *   |                     _/
    *   |                   _/
    *   |                 _/
    *   |                /
    *   |              .|
    *   |            .  |
    *   |          .    |
    *   |        .      |
    *   |      .        |
    *   |    .          |
    *   +===+===========+---------+----------> time
    *      Start       Cliff    Vested
    */
    function _calculateNonVestedTokens(
        uint256 tokens,
        uint256 time,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 cliff,
        uint256 vested
    )
        private
        pure
        returns (uint256)
    {
        // Shortcuts for before cliff and after vested cases.
        if (time >= vested) {
            return 0;
        }
        if (time < cliff) {
            return tokens;
        }

        // Interpolate all vested tokens.
        // As before cliff the shortcut returns 0, we can just calculate a value
        // in the vesting rect (as shown in above's figure)

        // vestedTokens = tokens * (time - start) / (vested - start)
        // In assignVesting we enforce start <= cliff <= vested
        // Here we shortcut time >= vested and time < cliff,
        // so no division by 0 is possible
        uint256 vestedTokens = tokens.mul(time.sub(start)) / vested.sub(start);

        // tokens - vestedTokens
        return tokens.sub(vestedTokens);
    }

    function _transferableBalance(address _holder, uint256 _time) internal view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 transferable = token.balanceOf(_holder);

        // This check is not strictly necessary for the current version of this contract, as
        // Token Managers now cannot assign vestings to themselves.
        // However, this was a possibility in the past, so in case there were vestings assigned to
        // themselves, this will still return the correct value (entire balance, as the Token
        // Manager does not have a spending limit on its own balance).
        if (_holder != address(this)) {
            uint256 vestingsCount = vestingsLengths[_holder];
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < vestingsCount; i++) {
                TokenVesting storage v = vestings[_holder][i];
                uint256 nonTransferable = _calculateNonVestedTokens(
                    v.amount,
                    _time,
                    v.start,
                    v.cliff,
                    v.vesting
                );
                transferable = transferable.sub(nonTransferable);
            }
        }

        return transferable;
    }
}